1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
18 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
19 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
32 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
35 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
36 // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's)
37 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
38 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
43 using namespace clang
;
46 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl
*Ptr
) {
47 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr
));
50 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
51 /// return the declaration of that type.
53 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
54 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
55 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
56 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
57 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
59 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
60 /// and then return NULL.
61 ParsedType
Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo
&II
, SourceLocation NameLoc
,
62 Scope
*S
, CXXScopeSpec
*SS
,
64 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr
) {
65 // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
66 DeclContext
*LookupCtx
= 0;
68 QualType ObjectType
= ObjectTypePtr
.get();
69 if (ObjectType
->isRecordType())
70 LookupCtx
= computeDeclContext(ObjectType
);
71 } else if (SS
&& SS
->isNotEmpty()) {
72 LookupCtx
= computeDeclContext(*SS
, false);
75 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS
)) {
77 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
78 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
79 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
80 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
81 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
83 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
84 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
88 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
89 // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
91 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None
, SS
->getScopeRep(), II
,
92 SourceLocation(), SS
->getRange(), NameLoc
);
93 return ParsedType::make(T
);
99 if (!LookupCtx
->isDependentContext() &&
100 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS
, LookupCtx
))
104 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
105 // lookup for class-names.
106 LookupNameKind Kind
= isClassName
? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName
:
108 LookupResult
Result(*this, &II
, NameLoc
, Kind
);
110 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
111 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
112 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
113 // nested-name-specifier.
114 LookupQualifiedName(Result
, LookupCtx
);
116 if (ObjectTypePtr
&& Result
.empty()) {
117 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
118 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
119 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
120 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
121 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
122 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
123 LookupName(Result
, S
);
126 // Perform unqualified name lookup.
127 LookupName(Result
, S
);
130 NamedDecl
*IIDecl
= 0;
131 switch (Result
.getResultKind()) {
132 case LookupResult::NotFound
:
133 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation
:
134 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded
:
135 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue
:
136 Result
.suppressDiagnostics();
139 case LookupResult::Ambiguous
:
140 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll
141 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
142 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error
143 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
144 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
145 if (Result
.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding
) {
146 Result
.suppressDiagnostics();
150 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
151 for (LookupResult::iterator Res
= Result
.begin(), ResEnd
= Result
.end();
152 Res
!= ResEnd
; ++Res
) {
153 if (isa
<TypeDecl
>(*Res
) || isa
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(*Res
)) {
155 (*Res
)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
156 IIDecl
->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
162 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
163 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
164 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
165 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
166 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
168 Result
.suppressDiagnostics();
172 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
173 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
174 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
175 // perform the name lookup again.
178 case LookupResult::Found
:
179 IIDecl
= Result
.getFoundDecl();
183 assert(IIDecl
&& "Didn't find decl");
186 if (TypeDecl
*TD
= dyn_cast
<TypeDecl
>(IIDecl
)) {
187 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl
, NameLoc
);
190 T
= Context
.getTypeDeclType(TD
);
193 T
= getElaboratedType(ETK_None
, *SS
, T
);
195 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl
*IDecl
= dyn_cast
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(IIDecl
)) {
196 T
= Context
.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl
);
198 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
199 Result
.suppressDiagnostics();
203 return ParsedType::make(T
);
206 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
207 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If
208 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
209 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C
210 /// where the user forgot to specify the tag.
211 DeclSpec::TST
Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo
&II
, Scope
*S
) {
212 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
213 LookupResult
R(*this, &II
, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName
);
214 LookupName(R
, S
, false);
215 R
.suppressDiagnostics();
216 if (R
.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
)
217 if (const TagDecl
*TD
= R
.getAsSingle
<TagDecl
>()) {
218 switch (TD
->getTagKind()) {
219 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified
;
220 case TTK_Struct
: return DeclSpec::TST_struct
;
221 case TTK_Union
: return DeclSpec::TST_union
;
222 case TTK_Class
: return DeclSpec::TST_class
;
223 case TTK_Enum
: return DeclSpec::TST_enum
;
227 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified
;
230 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo
&II
,
231 SourceLocation IILoc
,
234 ParsedType
&SuggestedType
) {
235 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
236 SuggestedType
= ParsedType();
238 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
239 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
240 LookupResult
Lookup(*this, &II
, IILoc
, LookupOrdinaryName
,
241 NotForRedeclaration
);
243 if (DeclarationName Corrected
= CorrectTypo(Lookup
, S
, SS
, 0, 0, CTC_Type
)) {
244 if (NamedDecl
*Result
= Lookup
.getAsSingle
<NamedDecl
>()) {
245 if ((isa
<TypeDecl
>(Result
) || isa
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(Result
)) &&
246 !Result
->isInvalidDecl()) {
247 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
248 if (!SS
|| !SS
->isSet())
249 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest
)
250 << &II
<< Lookup
.getLookupName()
251 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc
),
252 Result
->getNameAsString());
253 else if (DeclContext
*DC
= computeDeclContext(*SS
, false))
254 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest
)
255 << &II
<< DC
<< Lookup
.getLookupName() << SS
->getRange()
256 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc
),
257 Result
->getNameAsString());
259 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
261 Diag(Result
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl
)
262 << Result
->getDeclName();
264 SuggestedType
= getTypeName(*Result
->getIdentifier(), IILoc
, S
, SS
);
267 } else if (Lookup
.empty()) {
268 // We corrected to a keyword.
269 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it.
270 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest
)
276 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
277 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
279 Name
.setIdentifier(&II
, IILoc
);
280 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS
;
281 TemplateTy TemplateResult
;
282 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization
;
283 if (isTemplateName(S
, SS
? *SS
: EmptySS
, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
284 Name
, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult
,
285 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization
) == TNK_Type_template
) {
286 TemplateName TplName
= TemplateResult
.getAsVal
<TemplateName
>();
287 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_template_missing_args
) << TplName
;
288 if (TemplateDecl
*TplDecl
= TplName
.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
289 Diag(TplDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here
)
290 << TplDecl
->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
296 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
297 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
299 if (!SS
|| (!SS
->isSet() && !SS
->isInvalid()))
300 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_unknown_typename
) << &II
;
301 else if (DeclContext
*DC
= computeDeclContext(*SS
, false))
302 Diag(IILoc
, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found
)
303 << &II
<< DC
<< SS
->getRange();
304 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS
)) {
305 Diag(SS
->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing
)
306 << (NestedNameSpecifier
*)SS
->getScopeRep() << II
.getName()
307 << SourceRange(SS
->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc
)
308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS
->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
309 SuggestedType
= ActOnTypenameType(S
, SourceLocation(), *SS
, II
, IILoc
).get();
311 assert(SS
&& SS
->isInvalid() &&
312 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
318 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
319 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
320 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
321 DeclContext
*Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext
*DC
) {
323 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
324 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
325 // the context we'll need to return to.
326 if (isa
<FunctionDecl
>(DC
)) {
327 DC
= DC
->getLexicalParent();
329 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
331 if (!isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
))
334 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
335 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost
336 // class is the context we need to return to.
337 while (CXXRecordDecl
*RD
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
->getLexicalParent()))
340 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
345 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context
347 if (isa
<ObjCMethodDecl
>(DC
))
348 return DC
->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent();
350 return DC
->getLexicalParent();
353 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope
*S
, DeclContext
*DC
) {
354 assert(getContainingDC(DC
) == CurContext
&&
355 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
360 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
361 assert(CurContext
&& "DeclContext imbalance!");
363 CurContext
= getContainingDC(CurContext
);
364 assert(CurContext
&& "Popped translation unit!");
367 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
368 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
370 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope
*S
, DeclContext
*DC
) {
371 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
372 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
373 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
374 // if the name was used in a member function of X.
375 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
376 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
377 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
378 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
379 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
381 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
382 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use
383 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
384 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately,
385 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
387 assert(!S
->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
390 Scope
*Ancestor
= S
->getParent();
391 while (!Ancestor
->getEntity()) Ancestor
= Ancestor
->getParent();
392 assert(Ancestor
->getEntity() == CurContext
&& "ancestor context mismatch");
399 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope
*S
) {
400 assert(S
->getEntity() == CurContext
&& "Context imbalance!");
402 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is
403 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
404 Scope
*Ancestor
= S
->getParent();
405 while (!Ancestor
->getEntity()) Ancestor
= Ancestor
->getParent();
406 CurContext
= (DeclContext
*) Ancestor
->getEntity();
408 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
412 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
413 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
415 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
416 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
417 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
418 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
419 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
421 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult
&Previous
,
422 ASTContext
&Context
) {
423 if (Context
.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
426 if (Previous
.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded
)
429 return (Previous
.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
430 && Previous
.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr
<OverloadableAttr
>());
433 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
434 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl
*D
, Scope
*S
, bool AddToContext
) {
435 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
436 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
438 while (S
->getEntity() &&
439 ((DeclContext
*)S
->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
442 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
443 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
446 CurContext
->addDecl(D
);
448 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
449 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
450 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
|| isa
<VarDecl
>(D
) || isa
<FunctionDecl
>(D
)) &&
454 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
455 if (isa
<FunctionDecl
>(D
) &&
456 cast
<FunctionDecl
>(D
)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
459 // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
460 IdentifierResolver::iterator I
= IdResolver
.begin(D
->getDeclName()),
461 IEnd
= IdResolver
.end();
462 for (; I
!= IEnd
; ++I
) {
463 if (S
->isDeclScope(*I
) && D
->declarationReplaces(*I
)) {
465 IdResolver
.RemoveDecl(*I
);
467 // Should only need to replace one decl.
473 IdResolver
.AddDecl(D
);
476 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl
*&D
, DeclContext
*Ctx
, Scope
*S
) {
477 return IdResolver
.isDeclInScope(D
, Ctx
, Context
, S
);
480 Scope
*Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope
*S
, DeclContext
*DC
) {
481 DeclContext
*TargetDC
= DC
->getPrimaryContext();
483 if (DeclContext
*ScopeDC
= (DeclContext
*) S
->getEntity())
484 if (ScopeDC
->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC
)
486 } while ((S
= S
->getParent()));
491 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl
*,
495 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
496 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
497 static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema
&SemaRef
, LookupResult
&R
,
498 DeclContext
*Ctx
, Scope
*S
,
499 bool ConsiderLinkage
) {
500 LookupResult::Filter F
= R
.makeFilter();
501 while (F
.hasNext()) {
502 NamedDecl
*D
= F
.next();
504 if (SemaRef
.isDeclInScope(D
, Ctx
, S
))
507 if (ConsiderLinkage
&&
508 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D
, Ctx
, SemaRef
.Context
))
517 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl
*D
) {
518 return isa
<UsingShadowDecl
>(D
) ||
519 isa
<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl
>(D
) ||
520 isa
<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl
>(D
);
523 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
524 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult
&R
) {
525 LookupResult::Filter F
= R
.makeFilter();
527 if (isUsingDecl(F
.next()))
533 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
536 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
537 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
540 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl
*D
) {
541 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
543 if (D
->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
546 if (const CXXConstructorDecl
*CD
= dyn_cast
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(D
))
547 return CD
->isCopyConstructor();
548 if (const CXXMethodDecl
*Method
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(D
))
549 return Method
->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
553 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl
*D
) const {
556 if (D
->isInvalidDecl() || D
->isUsed() || D
->hasAttr
<UnusedAttr
>())
559 // Ignore class templates.
560 if (D
->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
561 D
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
564 if (const FunctionDecl
*FD
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(D
)) {
565 if (FD
->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation
)
568 if (const CXXMethodDecl
*MD
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(FD
)) {
569 if (MD
->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD
))
572 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
573 if (FD
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
&&
574 FD
->isInlineSpecified())
578 if (FD
->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
579 Context
.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD
))
582 } else if (const VarDecl
*VD
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(D
)) {
583 if (!VD
->isFileVarDecl() ||
584 VD
->getType().isConstant(Context
) ||
585 Context
.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD
))
588 if (VD
->isStaticDataMember() &&
589 VD
->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation
)
596 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
597 if (D
->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage
)
603 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl
*D
) {
607 if (const FunctionDecl
*FD
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(D
)) {
608 const FunctionDecl
*First
= FD
->getFirstDeclaration();
609 if (FD
!= First
&& ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First
))
610 return; // First should already be in the vector.
613 if (const VarDecl
*VD
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(D
)) {
614 const VarDecl
*First
= VD
->getFirstDeclaration();
615 if (VD
!= First
&& ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First
))
616 return; // First should already be in the vector.
619 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D
))
620 UnusedFileScopedDecls
.push_back(D
);
623 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl
*D
) {
624 if (D
->isInvalidDecl())
627 if (D
->isUsed() || D
->hasAttr
<UnusedAttr
>())
630 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
631 if (!isa
<VarDecl
>(D
) || isa
<ParmVarDecl
>(D
) || isa
<ImplicitParamDecl
>(D
) ||
632 !D
->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
635 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
636 if (const ValueDecl
*VD
= dyn_cast
<ValueDecl
>(D
)) {
638 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
639 QualType Ty
= VD
->getType();
641 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
642 if (const TypedefType
*TT
= dyn_cast
<TypedefType
>(Ty
)) {
643 if (TT
->getDecl()->hasAttr
<UnusedAttr
>())
647 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
648 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
649 if (Ty
->isIncompleteType() || Ty
->isDependentType())
652 if (const TagType
*TT
= Ty
->getAs
<TagType
>()) {
653 const TagDecl
*Tag
= TT
->getDecl();
654 if (Tag
->hasAttr
<UnusedAttr
>())
657 if (const CXXRecordDecl
*RD
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Tag
)) {
658 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor
659 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer
660 // has no side effects.
661 if (RD
->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD
->hasTrivialDestructor())
666 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
672 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl
*D
) {
673 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D
))
676 if (isa
<VarDecl
>(D
) && cast
<VarDecl
>(D
)->isExceptionVariable())
677 Diag(D
->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param
)
680 Diag(D
->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable
)
684 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc
, Scope
*S
) {
685 if (S
->decl_empty()) return;
686 assert((S
->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope
| Scope::TemplateParamScope
)) &&
687 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
689 for (Scope::decl_iterator I
= S
->decl_begin(), E
= S
->decl_end();
692 assert(TmpD
&& "This decl didn't get pushed??");
694 assert(isa
<NamedDecl
>(TmpD
) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
695 NamedDecl
*D
= cast
<NamedDecl
>(TmpD
);
697 if (!D
->getDeclName()) continue;
699 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
700 if (!S
->hasErrorOccurred())
701 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D
);
703 // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
704 IdResolver
.RemoveDecl(D
);
708 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
710 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
711 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
712 /// to the fixed name.
714 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
716 /// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
717 /// if there is no class with the given name.
719 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
720 /// class could not be found.
721 ObjCInterfaceDecl
*Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo
*&Id
,
722 SourceLocation IdLoc
,
723 bool TypoCorrection
) {
724 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
725 // creation from this context.
726 NamedDecl
*IDecl
= LookupSingleName(TUScope
, Id
, IdLoc
, LookupOrdinaryName
);
728 if (!IDecl
&& TypoCorrection
) {
729 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
730 // find an Objective-C class name.
731 LookupResult
R(*this, Id
, IdLoc
, LookupOrdinaryName
);
732 if (CorrectTypo(R
, TUScope
, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords
) &&
733 (IDecl
= R
.getAsSingle
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>())) {
734 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest
)
735 << Id
<< IDecl
->getDeclName()
736 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc
, IDecl
->getNameAsString());
737 Diag(IDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl
)
738 << IDecl
->getDeclName();
740 Id
= IDecl
->getIdentifier();
744 return dyn_cast_or_null
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(IDecl
);
747 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
748 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
749 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
750 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
751 /// ill-formed in C++:
762 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
763 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
764 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
765 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
766 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
767 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
768 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
769 /// contain non-field names.
770 Scope
*Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope
*S
) {
771 while (((S
->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope
) == 0) ||
773 ((DeclContext
*)S
->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
774 (S
->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
))
779 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
780 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
781 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
783 NamedDecl
*Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo
*II
, unsigned bid
,
784 Scope
*S
, bool ForRedeclaration
,
785 SourceLocation Loc
) {
786 Builtin::ID BID
= (Builtin::ID
)bid
;
788 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error
;
789 QualType R
= Context
.GetBuiltinType(BID
, Error
);
791 case ASTContext::GE_None
:
795 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio
:
796 if (ForRedeclaration
)
797 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio
)
798 << Context
.BuiltinInfo
.GetName(BID
);
801 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp
:
802 if (ForRedeclaration
)
803 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp
)
804 << Context
.BuiltinInfo
.GetName(BID
);
808 if (!ForRedeclaration
&& Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID
)) {
809 Diag(Loc
, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl
)
810 << Context
.BuiltinInfo
.GetName(BID
)
812 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.getHeaderName(BID
) &&
813 Diags
.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl
, Loc
)
814 != Diagnostic::Ignored
)
815 Diag(Loc
, diag::note_please_include_header
)
816 << Context
.BuiltinInfo
.getHeaderName(BID
)
817 << Context
.BuiltinInfo
.GetName(BID
);
820 FunctionDecl
*New
= FunctionDecl::Create(Context
,
821 Context
.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
822 Loc
, II
, R
, /*TInfo=*/0,
825 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
828 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
830 if (const FunctionProtoType
*FT
= dyn_cast
<FunctionProtoType
>(R
)) {
831 llvm::SmallVector
<ParmVarDecl
*, 16> Params
;
832 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= FT
->getNumArgs(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
833 Params
.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context
, New
, SourceLocation(), 0,
834 FT
->getArgType(i
), /*TInfo=*/0,
835 SC_None
, SC_None
, 0));
836 New
->setParams(Params
.data(), Params
.size());
839 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New
);
841 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
842 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
843 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
844 // entirely, but we're not there yet.
845 DeclContext
*SavedContext
= CurContext
;
846 CurContext
= Context
.getTranslationUnitDecl();
847 PushOnScopeChains(New
, TUScope
);
848 CurContext
= SavedContext
;
852 /// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
853 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out
854 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
855 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
857 void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl
*New
, LookupResult
&OldDecls
) {
858 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
860 if (New
->isInvalidDecl()) return;
862 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
863 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
864 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1
) {
865 const IdentifierInfo
*TypeID
= New
->getIdentifier();
866 switch (TypeID
->getLength()) {
869 if (!TypeID
->isStr("id"))
871 Context
.ObjCIdRedefinitionType
= New
->getUnderlyingType();
872 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
873 New
->setTypeForDecl(Context
.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
876 if (!TypeID
->isStr("Class"))
878 Context
.ObjCClassRedefinitionType
= New
->getUnderlyingType();
879 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
880 New
->setTypeForDecl(Context
.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
883 if (!TypeID
->isStr("SEL"))
885 Context
.ObjCSelRedefinitionType
= New
->getUnderlyingType();
886 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
887 New
->setTypeForDecl(Context
.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
890 if (!TypeID
->isStr("Protocol"))
892 Context
.setObjCProtoType(New
->getUnderlyingType());
895 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
898 // Verify the old decl was also a type.
899 TypeDecl
*Old
= OldDecls
.getAsSingle
<TypeDecl
>();
901 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind
)
902 << New
->getDeclName();
904 NamedDecl
*OldD
= OldDecls
.getRepresentativeDecl();
905 if (OldD
->getLocation().isValid())
906 Diag(OldD
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
908 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
911 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
912 if (Old
->isInvalidDecl())
913 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
915 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics.
917 if (TypedefDecl
*OldTypedef
= dyn_cast
<TypedefDecl
>(Old
))
918 OldType
= OldTypedef
->getUnderlyingType();
920 OldType
= Context
.getTypeDeclType(Old
);
922 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
923 // with any extensions enabled.
925 if (OldType
!= New
->getUnderlyingType() &&
926 Context
.getCanonicalType(OldType
) !=
927 Context
.getCanonicalType(New
->getUnderlyingType())) {
928 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef
)
929 << New
->getUnderlyingType() << OldType
;
930 if (Old
->getLocation().isValid())
931 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
932 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
935 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
936 // declaration was a typedef.
937 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type
938 // spellings don't match exactly.
939 if (isa
<TypedefDecl
>(Old
))
940 New
->setPreviousDeclaration(cast
<TypedefDecl
>(Old
));
942 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
)
945 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
946 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
947 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
948 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
949 // to the type to which it already refers.
950 if (!isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(CurContext
))
953 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
954 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
955 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
956 // to refer to the type to which it already refers.
958 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
959 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
962 // typedef struct A { } A;
965 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
966 // allow the above but disallow
973 // since that was the intent of DR56.
974 if (!isa
<TypedefDecl
>(Old
))
977 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
)
978 << New
->getDeclName();
979 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
980 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
983 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning
984 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
985 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is
986 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
987 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
988 (Context
.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old
->getLocation()) ||
989 Context
.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New
->getLocation())))
992 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef
)
993 << New
->getDeclName();
994 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
998 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1001 DeclHasAttr(const Decl
*D
, const Attr
*A
) {
1002 const OwnershipAttr
*OA
= dyn_cast
<OwnershipAttr
>(A
);
1003 for (Decl::attr_iterator i
= D
->attr_begin(), e
= D
->attr_end(); i
!= e
; ++i
)
1004 if ((*i
)->getKind() == A
->getKind()) {
1005 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1006 if (OA
&& isa
<OwnershipAttr
>(*i
))
1007 return OA
->getOwnKind() == cast
<OwnershipAttr
>(*i
)->getOwnKind();
1014 /// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1015 static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl
*New
, Decl
*Old
, ASTContext
&C
) {
1016 if (!Old
->hasAttrs())
1018 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1020 if (!New
->hasAttrs())
1021 New
->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1022 for (specific_attr_iterator
<InheritableAttr
>
1023 i
= Old
->specific_attr_begin
<InheritableAttr
>(),
1024 e
= Old
->specific_attr_end
<InheritableAttr
>(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
1025 if (!DeclHasAttr(New
, *i
)) {
1026 InheritableAttr
*NewAttr
= cast
<InheritableAttr
>((*i
)->clone(C
));
1027 NewAttr
->setInherited(true);
1028 New
->addAttr(NewAttr
);
1035 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1037 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning
{
1038 ParmVarDecl
*OldParm
;
1039 ParmVarDecl
*NewParm
;
1040 QualType PromotedType
;
1045 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1046 Sema::CXXSpecialMember
Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl
*MD
) {
1047 if (const CXXConstructorDecl
*Ctor
= dyn_cast
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(MD
)) {
1048 if (Ctor
->isCopyConstructor())
1049 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor
;
1051 return Sema::CXXConstructor
;
1054 if (isa
<CXXDestructorDecl
>(MD
))
1055 return Sema::CXXDestructor
;
1057 assert(MD
->isCopyAssignmentOperator() &&
1058 "Must have copy assignment operator");
1059 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment
;
1062 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1063 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
1065 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl
*FD
,
1066 const LangOptions
& LangOpts
) {
1067 return (LangOpts
.GNUMode
&& !LangOpts
.C99
&& !LangOpts
.CPlusPlus
&&
1068 FD
->isInlineSpecified() &&
1069 FD
->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern
);
1072 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
1073 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
1074 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation,
1075 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1077 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
1078 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
1079 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
1082 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
1083 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl
*New
, Decl
*OldD
) {
1084 // Verify the old decl was also a function.
1085 FunctionDecl
*Old
= 0;
1086 if (FunctionTemplateDecl
*OldFunctionTemplate
1087 = dyn_cast
<FunctionTemplateDecl
>(OldD
))
1088 Old
= OldFunctionTemplate
->getTemplatedDecl();
1090 Old
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(OldD
);
1092 if (UsingShadowDecl
*Shadow
= dyn_cast
<UsingShadowDecl
>(OldD
)) {
1093 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse
);
1094 Diag(Shadow
->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
1095 diag::note_using_decl_target
);
1096 Diag(Shadow
->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
1097 diag::note_using_decl
) << 0;
1101 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind
)
1102 << New
->getDeclName();
1103 Diag(OldD
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1107 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
1108 // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
1109 diag::kind PrevDiag
;
1110 if (Old
->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
1111 PrevDiag
= diag::note_previous_definition
;
1112 else if (Old
->isImplicit())
1113 PrevDiag
= diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration
;
1115 PrevDiag
= diag::note_previous_declaration
;
1117 QualType OldQType
= Context
.getCanonicalType(Old
->getType());
1118 QualType NewQType
= Context
.getCanonicalType(New
->getType());
1120 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
1121 // is an extern inline function.
1122 if (!isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(New
) && !isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(Old
) &&
1123 New
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
&&
1124 Old
->getStorageClass() != SC_Static
&&
1125 !canRedefineFunction(Old
, getLangOptions())) {
1126 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static
)
1128 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), PrevDiag
);
1132 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
1133 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
1134 // calling convention of the first.
1136 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
1137 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
1138 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
1139 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
1140 // because it is the default calling convention.
1142 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
1143 // other tests to run.
1144 const FunctionType
*OldType
= cast
<FunctionType
>(OldQType
);
1145 const FunctionType
*NewType
= New
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
1146 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo
= OldType
->getExtInfo();
1147 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo
= NewType
->getExtInfo();
1148 bool RequiresAdjustment
= false;
1149 if (OldTypeInfo
.getCC() != CC_Default
&&
1150 NewTypeInfo
.getCC() == CC_Default
) {
1151 NewTypeInfo
= NewTypeInfo
.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo
.getCC());
1152 RequiresAdjustment
= true;
1153 } else if (!Context
.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo
.getCC(),
1154 NewTypeInfo
.getCC())) {
1155 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
1156 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change
)
1157 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo
.getCC())
1158 << (OldTypeInfo
.getCC() == CC_Default
)
1159 << (OldTypeInfo
.getCC() == CC_Default
? "" :
1160 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo
.getCC()));
1161 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
1165 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
1166 if (OldTypeInfo
.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo
.getNoReturn()) {
1167 NewTypeInfo
= NewTypeInfo
.withNoReturn(true);
1168 RequiresAdjustment
= true;
1171 // Merge regparm attribute.
1172 if (OldTypeInfo
.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo
.getRegParm()) {
1173 if (NewTypeInfo
.getRegParm()) {
1174 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch
)
1175 << NewType
->getRegParmType()
1176 << OldType
->getRegParmType();
1177 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
1181 NewTypeInfo
= NewTypeInfo
.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo
.getRegParm());
1182 RequiresAdjustment
= true;
1185 if (RequiresAdjustment
) {
1186 NewType
= Context
.adjustFunctionType(NewType
, NewTypeInfo
);
1187 New
->setType(QualType(NewType
, 0));
1188 NewQType
= Context
.getCanonicalType(New
->getType());
1191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
1193 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
1194 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
1195 // cannot be overloaded.
1196 QualType OldReturnType
= OldType
->getResultType();
1197 QualType NewReturnType
= cast
<FunctionType
>(NewQType
)->getResultType();
1199 if (OldReturnType
!= NewReturnType
) {
1200 if (NewReturnType
->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1201 && OldReturnType
->isObjCObjectPointerType())
1202 ResQT
= Context
.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType
, OldQType
);
1203 if (ResQT
.isNull()) {
1204 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type
);
1205 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), PrevDiag
) << Old
<< Old
->getType();
1212 const CXXMethodDecl
* OldMethod
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(Old
);
1213 CXXMethodDecl
* NewMethod
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(New
);
1214 if (OldMethod
&& NewMethod
) {
1215 // Preserve triviality.
1216 NewMethod
->setTrivial(OldMethod
->isTrivial());
1218 bool isFriend
= NewMethod
->getFriendObjectKind();
1220 if (!isFriend
&& NewMethod
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
1221 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
1222 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
1223 // is a static member function declaration.
1224 if (OldMethod
->isStatic() || NewMethod
->isStatic()) {
1225 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member
);
1226 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), PrevDiag
) << Old
<< Old
->getType();
1230 // C++ [class.mem]p1:
1231 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
1232 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member
1233 // class template can be declared and then later defined.
1235 if (isa
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(OldMethod
))
1236 NewDiag
= diag::err_constructor_redeclared
;
1237 else if (isa
<CXXDestructorDecl
>(NewMethod
))
1238 NewDiag
= diag::err_destructor_redeclared
;
1239 else if (isa
<CXXConversionDecl
>(NewMethod
))
1240 NewDiag
= diag::err_conv_function_redeclared
;
1242 NewDiag
= diag::err_member_redeclared
;
1244 Diag(New
->getLocation(), NewDiag
);
1245 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), PrevDiag
) << Old
<< Old
->getType();
1247 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
1248 // member that was initially declared implicitly.
1250 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
1251 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
1252 } else if (OldMethod
->isImplicit()) {
1254 NewMethod
->setImplicit();
1256 Diag(NewMethod
->getLocation(),
1257 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member
)
1258 << New
<< getSpecialMember(OldMethod
);
1265 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
1266 // return type and the parameter-type-list.
1267 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
1269 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
1270 QualType OldQTypeForComparison
= OldQType
;
1271 if (!OldTypeInfo
.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo
.getNoReturn()) {
1272 assert(OldQType
== QualType(OldType
, 0));
1273 const FunctionType
*OldTypeForComparison
1274 = Context
.adjustFunctionType(OldType
, OldTypeInfo
.withNoReturn(true));
1275 OldQTypeForComparison
= QualType(OldTypeForComparison
, 0);
1276 assert(OldQTypeForComparison
.isCanonical());
1279 if (OldQTypeForComparison
== NewQType
)
1280 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New
, Old
);
1282 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
1285 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
1286 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
1287 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
1288 Context
.typesAreCompatible(OldQType
, NewQType
)) {
1289 const FunctionType
*OldFuncType
= OldQType
->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
1290 const FunctionType
*NewFuncType
= NewQType
->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
1291 const FunctionProtoType
*OldProto
= 0;
1292 if (isa
<FunctionNoProtoType
>(NewFuncType
) &&
1293 (OldProto
= dyn_cast
<FunctionProtoType
>(OldFuncType
))) {
1294 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
1295 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
1296 assert(!OldProto
->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
1297 llvm::SmallVector
<QualType
, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto
->arg_type_begin(),
1298 OldProto
->arg_type_end());
1299 NewQType
= Context
.getFunctionType(NewFuncType
->getResultType(),
1300 ParamTypes
.data(), ParamTypes
.size(),
1301 OldProto
->getExtProtoInfo());
1302 New
->setType(NewQType
);
1303 New
->setHasInheritedPrototype();
1305 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
1306 llvm::SmallVector
<ParmVarDecl
*, 16> Params
;
1307 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
1308 ParamType
= OldProto
->arg_type_begin(),
1309 ParamEnd
= OldProto
->arg_type_end();
1310 ParamType
!= ParamEnd
; ++ParamType
) {
1311 ParmVarDecl
*Param
= ParmVarDecl::Create(Context
, New
,
1312 SourceLocation(), 0,
1313 *ParamType
, /*TInfo=*/0,
1316 Param
->setImplicit();
1317 Params
.push_back(Param
);
1320 New
->setParams(Params
.data(), Params
.size());
1323 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New
, Old
);
1326 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
1327 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
1328 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
1329 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
1330 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
1333 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
1334 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but
1335 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
1337 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
1338 Old
->hasPrototype() && !New
->hasPrototype() &&
1339 New
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>() &&
1340 Old
->getNumParams() == New
->getNumParams()) {
1341 llvm::SmallVector
<QualType
, 16> ArgTypes
;
1342 llvm::SmallVector
<GNUCompatibleParamWarning
, 16> Warnings
;
1343 const FunctionProtoType
*OldProto
1344 = Old
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>();
1345 const FunctionProtoType
*NewProto
1346 = New
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>();
1348 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
1349 QualType MergedReturn
= Context
.mergeTypes(OldProto
->getResultType(),
1350 NewProto
->getResultType());
1351 bool LooseCompatible
= !MergedReturn
.isNull();
1352 for (unsigned Idx
= 0, End
= Old
->getNumParams();
1353 LooseCompatible
&& Idx
!= End
; ++Idx
) {
1354 ParmVarDecl
*OldParm
= Old
->getParamDecl(Idx
);
1355 ParmVarDecl
*NewParm
= New
->getParamDecl(Idx
);
1356 if (Context
.typesAreCompatible(OldParm
->getType(),
1357 NewProto
->getArgType(Idx
))) {
1358 ArgTypes
.push_back(NewParm
->getType());
1359 } else if (Context
.typesAreCompatible(OldParm
->getType(),
1361 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
1362 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
1363 = { OldParm
, NewParm
, NewProto
->getArgType(Idx
) };
1364 Warnings
.push_back(Warn
);
1365 ArgTypes
.push_back(NewParm
->getType());
1367 LooseCompatible
= false;
1370 if (LooseCompatible
) {
1371 for (unsigned Warn
= 0; Warn
< Warnings
.size(); ++Warn
) {
1372 Diag(Warnings
[Warn
].NewParm
->getLocation(),
1373 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype
)
1374 << Warnings
[Warn
].PromotedType
1375 << Warnings
[Warn
].OldParm
->getType();
1376 if (Warnings
[Warn
].OldParm
->getLocation().isValid())
1377 Diag(Warnings
[Warn
].OldParm
->getLocation(),
1378 diag::note_previous_declaration
);
1381 New
->setType(Context
.getFunctionType(MergedReturn
, &ArgTypes
[0],
1383 OldProto
->getExtProtoInfo()));
1384 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New
, Old
);
1387 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
1390 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
1391 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
1392 if (unsigned BuiltinID
= Old
->getBuiltinID()) {
1393 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
1395 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID
)) {
1396 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
1397 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
1398 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
1399 // library built-in.
1400 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin
) << New
;
1401 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration
)
1402 << Old
<< Old
->getType();
1403 New
->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin
);
1404 Old
->setInvalidDecl();
1408 PrevDiag
= diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration
;
1411 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types
) << New
->getDeclName();
1412 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), PrevDiag
) << Old
<< Old
->getType();
1416 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
1417 /// known to be compatible.
1419 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
1420 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
1421 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
1422 /// redeclaration of Old.
1425 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl
*New
, FunctionDecl
*Old
) {
1426 // Merge the attributes
1427 MergeDeclAttributes(New
, Old
, Context
);
1429 // Merge the storage class.
1430 if (Old
->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern
&&
1431 Old
->getStorageClass() != SC_None
)
1432 New
->setStorageClass(Old
->getStorageClass());
1434 // Merge "pure" flag.
1438 // Merge the "deleted" flag.
1439 if (Old
->isDeleted())
1442 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
1443 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New
, Old
);
1448 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
1449 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this
1450 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
1452 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
1453 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
1454 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
1456 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl
*New
, LookupResult
&Previous
) {
1457 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
1458 if (New
->isInvalidDecl())
1461 // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
1463 if (!Previous
.isSingleResult() ||
1464 !(Old
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(Previous
.getFoundDecl()))) {
1465 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind
)
1466 << New
->getDeclName();
1467 Diag(Previous
.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
1468 diag::note_previous_definition
);
1469 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
1472 // C++ [class.mem]p1:
1473 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
1475 // Here, we need only consider static data members.
1476 if (Old
->isStaticDataMember() && !New
->isOutOfLine()) {
1477 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member
)
1478 << New
->getIdentifier();
1479 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
1480 New
->setInvalidDecl();
1483 MergeDeclAttributes(New
, Old
, Context
);
1487 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
1488 if (Context
.hasSameType(New
->getType(), Old
->getType()))
1489 MergedT
= New
->getType();
1490 // C++ [basic.link]p10:
1491 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
1492 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
1493 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
1494 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
1495 else if (Old
->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
1496 New
->getType()->isArrayType()) {
1497 CanQual
<ArrayType
> OldArray
1498 = Context
.getCanonicalType(Old
->getType())->getAs
<ArrayType
>();
1499 CanQual
<ArrayType
> NewArray
1500 = Context
.getCanonicalType(New
->getType())->getAs
<ArrayType
>();
1501 if (OldArray
->getElementType() == NewArray
->getElementType())
1502 MergedT
= New
->getType();
1503 } else if (Old
->getType()->isArrayType() &&
1504 New
->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
1505 CanQual
<ArrayType
> OldArray
1506 = Context
.getCanonicalType(Old
->getType())->getAs
<ArrayType
>();
1507 CanQual
<ArrayType
> NewArray
1508 = Context
.getCanonicalType(New
->getType())->getAs
<ArrayType
>();
1509 if (OldArray
->getElementType() == NewArray
->getElementType())
1510 MergedT
= Old
->getType();
1511 } else if (New
->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
1512 && Old
->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1513 MergedT
= Context
.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New
->getType(), Old
->getType());
1516 MergedT
= Context
.mergeTypes(New
->getType(), Old
->getType());
1518 if (MergedT
.isNull()) {
1519 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type
)
1520 << New
->getDeclName();
1521 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1522 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
1524 New
->setType(MergedT
);
1526 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
1527 if (New
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
&&
1528 (Old
->getStorageClass() == SC_None
|| Old
->hasExternalStorage())) {
1529 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static
) << New
->getDeclName();
1530 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1531 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
1534 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
1535 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
1536 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
1537 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
1538 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
1539 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
1540 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
1541 // identifier has external linkage.
1542 if (New
->hasExternalStorage() && Old
->hasLinkage())
1544 else if (New
->getStorageClass() != SC_Static
&&
1545 Old
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
) {
1546 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static
) << New
->getDeclName();
1547 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1548 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
1551 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
1553 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
1554 // need to check for mismatches.
1555 if (!New
->hasExternalStorage() && !New
->isFileVarDecl() &&
1556 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
1557 !(Old
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
1558 !New
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
1559 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
) << New
->getDeclName();
1560 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1561 return New
->setInvalidDecl();
1564 if (New
->isThreadSpecified() && !Old
->isThreadSpecified()) {
1565 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread
) << New
->getDeclName();
1566 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1567 } else if (!New
->isThreadSpecified() && Old
->isThreadSpecified()) {
1568 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread
) << New
->getDeclName();
1569 Diag(Old
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1572 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
1574 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
1575 New
->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition
&&
1576 (Def
= Old
->getDefinition())) {
1577 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
)
1578 << New
->getDeclName();
1579 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
1580 New
->setInvalidDecl();
1584 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
1585 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
1586 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
1587 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
1588 // specified at the prior declaration.
1589 // FIXME. revisit this code.
1590 if (New
->hasExternalStorage() &&
1591 Old
->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage
&&
1592 New
->getDeclContext() == Old
->getDeclContext())
1593 New
->setStorageClass(Old
->getStorageClass());
1595 // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
1596 New
->setPreviousDeclaration(Old
);
1598 // Inherit access appropriately.
1599 New
->setAccess(Old
->getAccess());
1602 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
1603 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
1604 Decl
*Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope
*S
, AccessSpecifier AS
,
1606 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit
1607 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread
1608 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile
1609 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable
1610 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes
1613 if (DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class
||
1614 DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct
||
1615 DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union
||
1616 DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum
) {
1617 TagD
= DS
.getRepAsDecl();
1619 if (!TagD
) // We probably had an error
1622 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
1623 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
1625 Tag
= dyn_cast
<TagDecl
>(TagD
);
1628 if (unsigned TypeQuals
= DS
.getTypeQualifiers()) {
1629 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
1630 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
1631 if (TypeQuals
& DeclSpec::TQ_restrict
)
1632 Diag(DS
.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
1633 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg
)
1634 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1637 if (DS
.isFriendSpecified()) {
1638 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
1639 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
1642 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S
, DS
, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0));
1645 if (RecordDecl
*Record
= dyn_cast_or_null
<RecordDecl
>(Tag
)) {
1646 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S
, Record
, DS
.getAttributes().getList());
1648 if (!Record
->getDeclName() && Record
->isDefinition() &&
1649 DS
.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
) {
1650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
||
1651 Record
->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
1652 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S
, DS
, AS
, Record
);
1654 Diag(DS
.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators
)
1655 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1659 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
1660 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
&& !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
1661 CurContext
->isRecord() &&
1662 DS
.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
) {
1663 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
1666 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
1667 RecordDecl
*Record
= dyn_cast_or_null
<RecordDecl
>(Tag
);
1668 if ((Record
&& Record
->getDeclName() && !Record
->isDefinition()) ||
1669 (DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename
&&
1670 DS
.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
1671 Diag(DS
.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct
)
1672 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1673 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S
, DS
, Record
);
1677 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
1678 DS
.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
)
1679 if (EnumDecl
*Enum
= dyn_cast_or_null
<EnumDecl
>(Tag
))
1680 if (Enum
->enumerator_begin() == Enum
->enumerator_end() &&
1681 !Enum
->getIdentifier() && !Enum
->isInvalidDecl())
1682 Diag(Enum
->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators
)
1683 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1685 if (!DS
.isMissingDeclaratorOk() &&
1686 DS
.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error
) {
1687 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
1688 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
1689 if (DS
.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
&&
1690 Tag
&& isa
<EnumDecl
>(Tag
)) {
1691 Diag(DS
.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name
)
1692 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1696 Diag(DS
.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators
)
1697 << DS
.getSourceRange();
1703 /// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec.
1704 /// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated.
1705 StmtResult
Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec
&DS
) {
1707 if (DS
.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr
) {
1708 Expr
*Exp
= DS
.getRepAsExpr();
1709 QualType Ty
= Exp
->getType();
1710 if (Ty
->isPointerType()) {
1712 Ty
= Ty
->getAs
<PointerType
>()->getPointeeType();
1713 while (Ty
->isPointerType());
1715 if (Ty
->isVariableArrayType()) {
1716 R
= ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp
));
1722 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
1723 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
1725 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
1726 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema
&SemaRef
,
1729 DeclarationName Name
,
1730 SourceLocation NameLoc
,
1731 unsigned diagnostic
) {
1732 LookupResult
R(SemaRef
, Name
, NameLoc
, Sema::LookupMemberName
,
1733 Sema::ForRedeclaration
);
1734 if (!SemaRef
.LookupName(R
, S
)) return false;
1736 if (R
.getAsSingle
<TagDecl
>())
1739 // Pick a representative declaration.
1740 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= R
.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
1741 assert(PrevDecl
&& "Expected a non-null Decl");
1743 if (!SemaRef
.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, Owner
, S
))
1746 SemaRef
.Diag(NameLoc
, diagnostic
) << Name
;
1747 SemaRef
.Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
1752 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
1753 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
1754 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
1755 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
1762 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
1763 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x
1766 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
1767 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
1768 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema
&SemaRef
, Scope
*S
,
1770 RecordDecl
*AnonRecord
,
1772 llvm::SmallVector
<NamedDecl
*, 2> &Chaining
,
1773 bool MSAnonStruct
) {
1775 = AnonRecord
->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
1776 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl
;
1778 bool Invalid
= false;
1780 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
1781 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D
= AnonRecord
->decls_begin(),
1782 DEnd
= AnonRecord
->decls_end();
1784 if ((isa
<FieldDecl
>(*D
) || isa
<IndirectFieldDecl
>(*D
)) &&
1785 cast
<NamedDecl
>(*D
)->getDeclName()) {
1786 ValueDecl
*VD
= cast
<ValueDecl
>(*D
);
1787 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef
, S
, Owner
, VD
->getDeclName(),
1788 VD
->getLocation(), diagKind
)) {
1789 // C++ [class.union]p2:
1790 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
1791 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the
1792 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
1795 // C++ [class.union]p2:
1796 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
1797 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are
1798 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
1799 // anonymous union is declared.
1800 unsigned OldChainingSize
= Chaining
.size();
1801 if (IndirectFieldDecl
*IF
= dyn_cast
<IndirectFieldDecl
>(VD
))
1802 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI
= IF
->chain_begin(),
1803 PE
= IF
->chain_end(); PI
!= PE
; ++PI
)
1804 Chaining
.push_back(*PI
);
1806 Chaining
.push_back(VD
);
1808 assert(Chaining
.size() >= 2);
1809 NamedDecl
**NamedChain
=
1810 new (SemaRef
.Context
)NamedDecl
*[Chaining
.size()];
1811 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
< Chaining
.size(); i
++)
1812 NamedChain
[i
] = Chaining
[i
];
1814 IndirectFieldDecl
* IndirectField
=
1815 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef
.Context
, Owner
, VD
->getLocation(),
1816 VD
->getIdentifier(), VD
->getType(),
1817 NamedChain
, Chaining
.size());
1819 IndirectField
->setAccess(AS
);
1820 IndirectField
->setImplicit();
1821 SemaRef
.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField
, S
);
1823 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
1824 if (AS
!= AS_none
) IndirectField
->setAccess(AS
);
1826 Chaining
.resize(OldChainingSize
);
1834 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
1835 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
1836 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
1838 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec
) {
1839 switch (StorageClassSpec
) {
1840 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
: return SC_None
;
1841 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern
: return SC_Extern
;
1842 case DeclSpec::SCS_static
: return SC_Static
;
1843 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto
: return SC_Auto
;
1844 case DeclSpec::SCS_register
: return SC_Register
;
1845 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern
: return SC_PrivateExtern
;
1846 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
1847 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
: // Fall through.
1848 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
: return SC_None
;
1850 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
1853 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
1854 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
1855 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
1857 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec
) {
1858 switch (StorageClassSpec
) {
1859 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
: return SC_None
;
1860 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern
: return SC_Extern
;
1861 case DeclSpec::SCS_static
: return SC_Static
;
1862 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern
: return SC_PrivateExtern
;
1863 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
1864 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto
: // Fall through.
1865 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
: // Fall through.
1866 case DeclSpec::SCS_register
: // Fall through.
1867 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
: return SC_None
;
1869 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
1872 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
1873 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
1874 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures
1875 /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension.
1876 Decl
*Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope
*S
, DeclSpec
&DS
,
1878 RecordDecl
*Record
) {
1879 DeclContext
*Owner
= Record
->getDeclContext();
1881 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
1882 if (Record
->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
1883 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union
);
1884 else if (!Record
->isUnion())
1885 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct
);
1887 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
1889 bool Invalid
= false;
1890 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
1891 const char* PrevSpec
= 0;
1893 // C++ [class.union]p3:
1894 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
1895 // global namespace shall be declared static.
1896 if (DS
.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static
&&
1897 (isa
<TranslationUnitDecl
>(Owner
) ||
1898 (isa
<NamespaceDecl
>(Owner
) &&
1899 cast
<NamespaceDecl
>(Owner
)->getDeclName()))) {
1900 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static
);
1903 // Recover by adding 'static'.
1904 DS
.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static
, SourceLocation(),
1907 // C++ [class.union]p3:
1908 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
1909 // anonymous union in a class scope.
1910 else if (DS
.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
&&
1911 isa
<RecordDecl
>(Owner
)) {
1912 Diag(DS
.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
1913 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec
);
1916 // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
1917 DS
.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
, SourceLocation(),
1921 // C++ [class.union]p2:
1922 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
1923 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
1924 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
1925 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem
= Record
->decls_begin(),
1926 MemEnd
= Record
->decls_end();
1927 Mem
!= MemEnd
; ++Mem
) {
1928 if (FieldDecl
*FD
= dyn_cast
<FieldDecl
>(*Mem
)) {
1929 // C++ [class.union]p3:
1930 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
1931 // members (clause 11).
1932 assert(FD
->getAccess() != AS_none
);
1933 if (FD
->getAccess() != AS_public
) {
1934 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member
)
1935 << (int)Record
->isUnion() << (int)(FD
->getAccess() == AS_protected
);
1939 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD
))
1941 } else if ((*Mem
)->isImplicit()) {
1942 // Any implicit members are fine.
1943 } else if (isa
<TagDecl
>(*Mem
) && (*Mem
)->getDeclContext() != Record
) {
1944 // This is a type that showed up in an
1945 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
1946 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
1947 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
1948 } else if (RecordDecl
*MemRecord
= dyn_cast
<RecordDecl
>(*Mem
)) {
1949 if (!MemRecord
->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
1950 MemRecord
->getDeclName()) {
1951 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
1952 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
)
1953 Diag(MemRecord
->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type
)
1954 << (int)Record
->isUnion();
1956 // This is a nested type declaration.
1957 Diag(MemRecord
->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type
)
1958 << (int)Record
->isUnion();
1962 } else if (isa
<AccessSpecDecl
>(*Mem
)) {
1963 // Any access specifier is fine.
1965 // We have something that isn't a non-static data
1966 // member. Complain about it.
1967 unsigned DK
= diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member
;
1968 if (isa
<TypeDecl
>(*Mem
))
1969 DK
= diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type
;
1970 else if (isa
<FunctionDecl
>(*Mem
))
1971 DK
= diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function
;
1972 else if (isa
<VarDecl
>(*Mem
))
1973 DK
= diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static
;
1975 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
1976 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
&&
1977 DK
== diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type
)
1978 Diag((*Mem
)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type
)
1979 << (int)Record
->isUnion();
1981 Diag((*Mem
)->getLocation(), DK
)
1982 << (int)Record
->isUnion();
1989 if (!Record
->isUnion() && !Owner
->isRecord()) {
1990 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member
)
1991 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
;
1995 // Mock up a declarator.
1996 Declarator
Dc(DS
, Declarator::TypeNameContext
);
1997 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc
, S
);
1998 assert(TInfo
&& "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
2000 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
2001 NamedDecl
*Anon
= 0;
2002 if (RecordDecl
*OwningClass
= dyn_cast
<RecordDecl
>(Owner
)) {
2003 Anon
= FieldDecl::Create(Context
, OwningClass
, Record
->getLocation(),
2004 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2005 Context
.getTypeDeclType(Record
),
2007 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
2008 Anon
->setAccess(AS
);
2009 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
2010 FieldCollector
->Add(cast
<FieldDecl
>(Anon
));
2012 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec
= DS
.getStorageClassSpec();
2013 assert(SCSpec
!= DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
&&
2014 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
2015 VarDecl::StorageClass SC
= StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec
);
2016 if (SCSpec
== DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
) {
2017 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
2019 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember
);
2023 SCSpec
= DS
.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
2024 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
2025 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec
);
2027 Anon
= VarDecl::Create(Context
, Owner
, Record
->getLocation(),
2028 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2029 Context
.getTypeDeclType(Record
),
2030 TInfo
, SC
, SCAsWritten
);
2032 Anon
->setImplicit();
2034 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
2035 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
2037 Owner
->addDecl(Anon
);
2039 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
2040 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2042 llvm::SmallVector
<NamedDecl
*, 2> Chain
;
2043 Chain
.push_back(Anon
);
2045 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S
, Owner
, Record
, AS
,
2049 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
2050 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
2051 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
2052 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
2053 // builds its lookup table, and once by
2054 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
2055 Record
->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
2058 Anon
->setInvalidDecl();
2063 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
2064 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
2065 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
2068 /// struct A { int a; };
2069 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
2076 Decl
*Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope
*S
, DeclSpec
&DS
,
2077 RecordDecl
*Record
) {
2079 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
2081 Record
= DS
.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
2083 // Mock up a declarator.
2084 Declarator
Dc(DS
, Declarator::TypeNameContext
);
2085 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc
, S
);
2086 assert(TInfo
&& "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
2088 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
2089 NamedDecl
* Anon
= FieldDecl::Create(Context
,
2090 cast
<RecordDecl
>(CurContext
),
2091 DS
.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2092 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
2093 Context
.getTypeDeclType(Record
),
2095 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
2096 Anon
->setImplicit();
2098 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
2099 CurContext
->addDecl(Anon
);
2101 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
2102 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
2104 llvm::SmallVector
<NamedDecl
*, 2> Chain
;
2105 Chain
.push_back(Anon
);
2107 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S
, CurContext
,
2108 Record
->getDefinition(),
2109 AS_none
, Chain
, true))
2110 Anon
->setInvalidDecl();
2115 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
2116 /// given Declarator.
2117 DeclarationNameInfo
Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator
&D
) {
2118 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D
.getName());
2121 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
2123 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId
&Name
) {
2124 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo
;
2125 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2127 switch (Name
.getKind()) {
2129 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier
:
2130 NameInfo
.setName(Name
.Identifier
);
2131 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2134 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId
:
2135 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXOperatorName(
2136 Name
.OperatorFunctionId
.Operator
));
2137 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2138 NameInfo
.getInfo().CXXOperatorName
.BeginOpNameLoc
2139 = Name
.OperatorFunctionId
.SymbolLocations
[0];
2140 NameInfo
.getInfo().CXXOperatorName
.EndOpNameLoc
2141 = Name
.EndLocation
.getRawEncoding();
2144 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId
:
2145 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
2147 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2148 NameInfo
.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name
.EndLocation
);
2151 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId
: {
2152 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
;
2153 QualType Ty
= GetTypeFromParser(Name
.ConversionFunctionId
, &TInfo
);
2155 return DeclarationNameInfo();
2156 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
2157 Context
.getCanonicalType(Ty
)));
2158 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2159 NameInfo
.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo
);
2163 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName
: {
2164 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
;
2165 QualType Ty
= GetTypeFromParser(Name
.ConstructorName
, &TInfo
);
2167 return DeclarationNameInfo();
2168 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXConstructorName(
2169 Context
.getCanonicalType(Ty
)));
2170 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2171 NameInfo
.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo
);
2175 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId
: {
2176 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
2177 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
2178 // to find the actual type being constructed.
2179 CXXRecordDecl
*CurClass
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(CurContext
);
2180 if (!CurClass
|| CurClass
->getIdentifier() != Name
.TemplateId
->Name
)
2181 return DeclarationNameInfo();
2183 // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
2184 QualType CurClassType
= Context
.getTypeDeclType(CurClass
);
2186 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
2187 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
2190 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXConstructorName(
2191 Context
.getCanonicalType(CurClassType
)));
2192 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2193 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
2194 NameInfo
.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
2198 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName
: {
2199 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
;
2200 QualType Ty
= GetTypeFromParser(Name
.DestructorName
, &TInfo
);
2202 return DeclarationNameInfo();
2203 NameInfo
.setName(Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXDestructorName(
2204 Context
.getCanonicalType(Ty
)));
2205 NameInfo
.setLoc(Name
.StartLocation
);
2206 NameInfo
.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo
);
2210 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
: {
2211 TemplateName TName
= Name
.TemplateId
->Template
.get();
2212 SourceLocation TNameLoc
= Name
.TemplateId
->TemplateNameLoc
;
2213 return Context
.getNameForTemplate(TName
, TNameLoc
);
2216 } // switch (Name.getKind())
2218 assert(false && "Unknown name kind");
2219 return DeclarationNameInfo();
2222 /// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions
2223 /// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic
2224 /// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line
2225 /// function definition doesn't match any declaration within
2226 /// the class or namespace.
2227 static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext
&Context
,
2228 FunctionDecl
*Declaration
,
2229 FunctionDecl
*Definition
) {
2230 if (Declaration
->param_size() != Definition
->param_size())
2232 for (unsigned Idx
= 0; Idx
< Declaration
->param_size(); ++Idx
) {
2233 QualType DeclParamTy
= Declaration
->getParamDecl(Idx
)->getType();
2234 QualType DefParamTy
= Definition
->getParamDecl(Idx
)->getType();
2236 if (!Context
.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy
.getNonReferenceType(),
2237 DefParamTy
.getNonReferenceType()))
2244 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
2245 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
2246 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
2247 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec
2248 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
2249 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema
&S
, Declarator
&D
,
2250 DeclarationName Name
) {
2251 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
2252 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
2253 // - types which will become injected class names
2254 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
2255 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
2258 DeclSpec
&DS
= D
.getMutableDeclSpec();
2259 switch (DS
.getTypeSpecType()) {
2260 case DeclSpec::TST_typename
:
2261 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType
:
2262 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype
: {
2263 // Grab the type from the parser.
2264 TypeSourceInfo
*TSI
= 0;
2265 QualType T
= S
.GetTypeFromParser(DS
.getRepAsType(), &TSI
);
2266 if (T
.isNull() || !T
->isDependentType()) break;
2268 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much
2269 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
2270 // attached already.
2272 TSI
= S
.Context
.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T
, DS
.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
2274 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
2275 TSI
= S
.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(), Name
);
2276 if (!TSI
) return true;
2278 // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
2279 ParsedType LocType
= S
.CreateParsedType(TSI
->getType(), TSI
);
2280 DS
.UpdateTypeRep(LocType
);
2284 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr
: {
2285 Expr
*E
= DS
.getRepAsExpr();
2286 ExprResult Result
= S
.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E
);
2287 if (Result
.isInvalid()) return true;
2288 DS
.UpdateExprRep(Result
.get());
2293 // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
2297 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
2298 for (unsigned I
= 0, E
= D
.getNumTypeObjects(); I
!= E
; ++I
) {
2299 DeclaratorChunk
&Chunk
= D
.getTypeObject(I
);
2301 // The only type information in the declarator which can come
2302 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
2304 if (Chunk
.Kind
!= DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer
)
2307 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
2308 CXXScopeSpec
&SS
= Chunk
.Mem
.Scope();
2309 if (S
.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS
))
2316 Decl
*Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
) {
2317 return HandleDeclarator(S
, D
, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false);
2320 Decl
*Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
,
2321 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists
,
2322 bool IsFunctionDefinition
) {
2323 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
2324 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo
= GetNameForDeclarator(D
);
2325 DeclarationName Name
= NameInfo
.getName();
2327 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have
2328 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
2330 if (!D
.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid.
2331 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2332 diag::err_declarator_need_ident
)
2333 << D
.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D
.getSourceRange();
2335 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo
, UPPC_DeclarationType
))
2338 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
2339 // we find one that is.
2340 while ((S
->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope
) == 0 ||
2341 (S
->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope
) != 0)
2344 DeclContext
*DC
= CurContext
;
2345 if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
2347 else if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2348 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D
.getCXXScopeSpec(),
2349 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier
))
2352 bool EnteringContext
= !D
.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
2353 DC
= computeDeclContext(D
.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext
);
2355 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
2356 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
2357 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
2358 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
2359 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2360 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match
)
2361 << (NestedNameSpecifier
*)D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
2362 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2366 bool IsDependentContext
= DC
->isDependentContext();
2368 if (!IsDependentContext
&&
2369 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D
.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC
))
2372 if (isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
)) {
2373 if (!cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
)->hasDefinition()) {
2374 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2375 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record
)
2376 << Name
<< DC
<< D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2378 } else if (isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(CurContext
) &&
2379 !D
.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
2380 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class
2386 if (CurContext
->Equals(DC
))
2387 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
)
2388 << Name
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange());
2390 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification
)
2391 << Name
<< D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2393 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here.
2394 D
.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
2398 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
2399 // declaration in the current instantiation.
2400 if (EnteringContext
&& IsDependentContext
&&
2401 TemplateParamLists
.size() != 0) {
2402 ContextRAII
SavedContext(*this, DC
);
2403 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D
, Name
))
2408 // C++ [class.mem]p13:
2409 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
2410 // name different from T:
2411 // - every static data member of class T;
2412 // - every member function of class T
2413 // - every member of class T that is itself a type;
2414 if (CXXRecordDecl
*Record
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
))
2415 if (Record
->getIdentifier() && Record
->getDeclName() == Name
) {
2416 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class
)
2419 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
2420 // Just return early; it's safer.
2421 if (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
)
2427 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(D
, S
);
2428 QualType R
= TInfo
->getType();
2430 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo
,
2431 UPPC_DeclarationType
))
2434 LookupResult
Previous(*this, NameInfo
, LookupOrdinaryName
,
2437 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
2438 if (!D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2439 bool IsLinkageLookup
= false;
2441 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
2442 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
2443 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
2444 if (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
)
2446 else if (R
->isFunctionType()) {
2447 if (CurContext
->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2448 D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static
)
2449 IsLinkageLookup
= true;
2450 } else if (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern
)
2451 IsLinkageLookup
= true;
2452 else if (CurContext
->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
2453 D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static
)
2454 IsLinkageLookup
= true;
2456 if (IsLinkageLookup
)
2457 Previous
.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage
);
2459 LookupName(Previous
, S
, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup
);
2460 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
2461 LookupQualifiedName(Previous
, DC
);
2463 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for
2464 // out-of-line members.
2465 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous
);
2468 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named
2469 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit
2470 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being
2471 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears
2472 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the
2473 // declarations namespace.
2475 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet
2476 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually
2477 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given:
2484 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
2486 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set
2487 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
2490 // First check whether we named the global scope.
2491 if (isa
<TranslationUnitDecl
>(DC
)) {
2492 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope
)
2493 << Name
<< D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2495 DeclContext
*Cur
= CurContext
;
2496 while (isa
<LinkageSpecDecl
>(Cur
))
2497 Cur
= Cur
->getParent();
2498 if (!Cur
->Encloses(DC
)) {
2499 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration.
2500 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope.
2501 SourceLocation L
= D
.getIdentifierLoc();
2502 SourceRange R
= D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2503 if (isa
<FunctionDecl
>(Cur
))
2504 Diag(L
, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function
) << Name
<< R
;
2506 Diag(L
, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope
)
2507 << Name
<< cast
<NamedDecl
>(DC
) << R
;
2513 if (Previous
.isSingleResult() &&
2514 Previous
.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
2515 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
2516 if (!D
.isInvalidType())
2517 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2518 Previous
.getFoundDecl()))
2521 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
2525 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
2526 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
2527 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
2528 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
2529 if (Previous
.isSingleTagDecl() &&
2530 D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
)
2533 bool Redeclaration
= false;
2534 if (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
) {
2535 if (TemplateParamLists
.size()) {
2536 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef
);
2540 New
= ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S
, D
, DC
, R
, TInfo
, Previous
, Redeclaration
);
2541 } else if (R
->isFunctionType()) {
2542 New
= ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S
, D
, DC
, R
, TInfo
, Previous
,
2543 move(TemplateParamLists
),
2544 IsFunctionDefinition
, Redeclaration
);
2546 New
= ActOnVariableDeclarator(S
, D
, DC
, R
, TInfo
, Previous
,
2547 move(TemplateParamLists
),
2554 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
2555 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
2556 if (New
->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration
&& New
->isInvalidDecl()))
2557 PushOnScopeChains(New
, S
);
2562 /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array
2563 /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise
2564 /// be errors (for GCC compatibility).
2565 static QualType
TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T
,
2566 ASTContext
&Context
,
2567 bool &SizeIsNegative
,
2568 llvm::APSInt
&Oversized
) {
2569 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
2570 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary
2571 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
2572 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
2573 SizeIsNegative
= false;
2576 if (T
->isDependentType())
2579 QualifierCollector Qs
;
2580 const Type
*Ty
= Qs
.strip(T
);
2582 if (const PointerType
* PTy
= dyn_cast
<PointerType
>(Ty
)) {
2583 QualType Pointee
= PTy
->getPointeeType();
2584 QualType FixedType
=
2585 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee
, Context
, SizeIsNegative
,
2587 if (FixedType
.isNull()) return FixedType
;
2588 FixedType
= Context
.getPointerType(FixedType
);
2589 return Qs
.apply(Context
, FixedType
);
2591 if (const ParenType
* PTy
= dyn_cast
<ParenType
>(Ty
)) {
2592 QualType Inner
= PTy
->getInnerType();
2593 QualType FixedType
=
2594 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner
, Context
, SizeIsNegative
,
2596 if (FixedType
.isNull()) return FixedType
;
2597 FixedType
= Context
.getParenType(FixedType
);
2598 return Qs
.apply(Context
, FixedType
);
2601 const VariableArrayType
* VLATy
= dyn_cast
<VariableArrayType
>(T
);
2604 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
2605 if (VLATy
->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
2608 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult
;
2609 if (!VLATy
->getSizeExpr() ||
2610 !VLATy
->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult
, Context
) ||
2611 !EvalResult
.Val
.isInt())
2614 // Check whether the array size is negative.
2615 llvm::APSInt
&Res
= EvalResult
.Val
.getInt();
2616 if (Res
.isSigned() && Res
.isNegative()) {
2617 SizeIsNegative
= true;
2621 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
2622 unsigned ActiveSizeBits
2623 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context
, VLATy
->getElementType(),
2625 if (ActiveSizeBits
> ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context
)) {
2630 return Context
.getConstantArrayType(VLATy
->getElementType(),
2631 Res
, ArrayType::Normal
, 0);
2634 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so
2635 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
2637 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl
*ND
,
2638 const LookupResult
&Previous
,
2640 assert(ND
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2641 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
2642 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
2643 LocallyScopedExternalDecls
[ND
->getDeclName()] = ND
;
2645 if (!Previous
.isSingleResult())
2648 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= Previous
.getFoundDecl();
2650 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be
2651 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
2653 if (S
&& IdResolver
.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl
, ND
)) {
2654 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
2655 // chain, so remove it from its scope.
2656 while (S
&& !S
->isDeclScope(PrevDecl
))
2660 S
->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl
);
2664 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
2665 /// does not identify a function.
2666 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator
& D
) {
2667 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
2668 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
2669 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
2670 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
2671 diag::err_inline_non_function
);
2673 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
2674 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
2675 diag::err_virtual_non_function
);
2677 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
2678 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
2679 diag::err_explicit_non_function
);
2683 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope
* S
, Declarator
& D
, DeclContext
* DC
,
2684 QualType R
, TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
,
2685 LookupResult
&Previous
, bool &Redeclaration
) {
2686 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
2687 if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2688 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator
)
2689 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
2691 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
2696 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
2697 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
2698 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D
);
2701 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D
);
2703 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
2704 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread
);
2706 if (D
.getName().Kind
!= UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier
) {
2707 Diag(D
.getName().StartLocation
, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier
)
2708 << D
.getName().getSourceRange();
2712 TypedefDecl
*NewTD
= ParseTypedefDecl(S
, D
, R
, TInfo
);
2713 if (!NewTD
) return 0;
2715 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
2716 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, NewTD
, D
);
2718 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
2719 // then it shall have block scope.
2720 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
2721 // that redeclarations will match.
2722 QualType T
= NewTD
->getUnderlyingType();
2723 if (T
->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2724 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
2726 if (S
->getFnParent() == 0) {
2727 bool SizeIsNegative
;
2728 llvm::APSInt Oversized
;
2730 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T
, Context
, SizeIsNegative
,
2732 if (!FixedTy
.isNull()) {
2733 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size
);
2734 NewTD
->setTypeSourceInfo(Context
.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy
));
2737 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size
);
2738 else if (T
->isVariableArrayType())
2739 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope
);
2740 else if (Oversized
.getBoolValue())
2741 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large
)
2742 << Oversized
.toString(10);
2744 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope
);
2745 NewTD
->setInvalidDecl();
2750 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
2751 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
2752 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous
, DC
, S
, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false);
2753 if (!Previous
.empty()) {
2754 Redeclaration
= true;
2755 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD
, Previous
);
2758 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
2759 if (IdentifierInfo
*II
= NewTD
->getIdentifier())
2760 if (!NewTD
->isInvalidDecl() &&
2761 NewTD
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
2762 if (II
->isStr("FILE"))
2763 Context
.setFILEDecl(NewTD
);
2764 else if (II
->isStr("jmp_buf"))
2765 Context
.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD
);
2766 else if (II
->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
2767 Context
.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD
);
2768 else if (II
->isStr("__builtin_va_list"))
2769 Context
.setBuiltinVaListType(Context
.getTypedefType(NewTD
));
2775 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
2776 /// previous declaration.
2778 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
2779 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
2780 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
2781 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
2782 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
2783 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
2785 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
2788 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
2791 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
2792 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
2794 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
, DeclContext
*DC
,
2795 ASTContext
&Context
) {
2799 if (!PrevDecl
->hasLinkage())
2802 if (Context
.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
2803 // C++ [basic.link]p6:
2804 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
2805 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
2806 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
2807 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
2808 // linkage of the previous declaration.
2809 DeclContext
*OuterContext
= DC
->getRedeclContext();
2810 if (!OuterContext
->isFunctionOrMethod())
2811 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
2814 DeclContext
*PrevOuterContext
= PrevDecl
->getDeclContext();
2815 if (PrevOuterContext
->isRecord())
2816 // We found a member function: ignore it.
2819 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
2820 // previous declarations.
2821 OuterContext
= OuterContext
->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
2822 PrevOuterContext
= PrevOuterContext
->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
2824 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
2825 // isn't the same function.
2826 if (!OuterContext
->Equals(PrevOuterContext
))
2833 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl
*DD
, Declarator
&D
) {
2834 CXXScopeSpec
&SS
= D
.getCXXScopeSpec();
2835 if (!SS
.isSet()) return;
2836 DD
->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier
*>(SS
.getScopeRep()),
2841 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
, DeclContext
*DC
,
2842 QualType R
, TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
,
2843 LookupResult
&Previous
,
2844 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists
,
2845 bool &Redeclaration
) {
2846 DeclarationName Name
= GetNameForDeclarator(D
).getName();
2848 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
2849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
2850 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D
);
2852 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec
= D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
2853 assert(SCSpec
!= DeclSpec::SCS_typedef
&&
2854 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
2855 VarDecl::StorageClass SC
= StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec
);
2856 if (SCSpec
== DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
) {
2857 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
2859 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember
);
2863 SCSpec
= D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
2864 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
2865 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec
);
2867 IdentifierInfo
*II
= Name
.getAsIdentifierInfo();
2869 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name
)
2870 << Name
.getAsString();
2874 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D
);
2876 if (!DC
->isRecord() && S
->getFnParent() == 0) {
2877 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
2878 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
2879 if (SC
== SC_Auto
|| SC
== SC_Register
) {
2881 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
2882 // is a GNU extension.
2883 if (SC
== SC_Register
&& D
.getAsmLabel())
2884 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register
);
2886 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope
);
2891 bool isExplicitSpecialization
= false;
2893 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
2894 NewVD
= VarDecl::Create(Context
, DC
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2895 II
, R
, TInfo
, SC
, SCAsWritten
);
2897 if (D
.isInvalidType())
2898 NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
2900 if (DC
->isRecord() && !CurContext
->isRecord()) {
2901 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
2902 if (SC
== SC_Static
) {
2903 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
2904 diag::err_static_out_of_line
)
2905 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
2906 } else if (SC
== SC_None
)
2909 if (SC
== SC_Static
) {
2910 if (const CXXRecordDecl
*RD
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
)) {
2911 if (RD
->isLocalClass())
2912 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2913 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class
)
2914 << Name
<< RD
->getDeclName();
2916 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
2917 // the program is ill-formed.
2919 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
2920 if (CurContext
->isRecord() && (RD
->isUnion() || !RD
->getDeclName()))
2921 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2922 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct
)
2923 << Name
<< RD
->isUnion();
2927 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
2928 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
2929 isExplicitSpecialization
= false;
2930 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
= TemplateParamLists
.size();
2931 bool Invalid
= false;
2932 if (TemplateParameterList
*TemplateParams
2933 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
2934 D
.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2935 D
.getCXXScopeSpec(),
2936 TemplateParamLists
.get(),
2937 TemplateParamLists
.size(),
2938 /*never a friend*/ false,
2939 isExplicitSpecialization
,
2941 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
2942 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
;
2944 if (TemplateParams
->size() > 0) {
2945 // There is no such thing as a variable template.
2946 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable
)
2948 << SourceRange(TemplateParams
->getTemplateLoc(),
2949 TemplateParams
->getRAngleLoc());
2952 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
2953 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
2954 Diag(TemplateParams
->getTemplateLoc(),
2955 diag::err_template_variable_noparams
)
2957 << SourceRange(TemplateParams
->getTemplateLoc(),
2958 TemplateParams
->getRAngleLoc());
2960 isExplicitSpecialization
= true;
2964 NewVD
= VarDecl::Create(Context
, DC
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
2965 II
, R
, TInfo
, SC
, SCAsWritten
);
2967 if (D
.isInvalidType() || Invalid
)
2968 NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
2970 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD
, D
);
2972 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
> 0 && D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
2973 NewVD
->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context
,
2974 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
,
2975 TemplateParamLists
.release());
2979 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
2980 if (NewVD
->hasLocalStorage())
2981 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global
);
2982 else if (!Context
.Target
.isTLSSupported())
2983 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported
);
2985 NewVD
->setThreadSpecified(true);
2988 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
2989 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
2990 NewVD
->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext
);
2992 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
2993 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, NewVD
, D
);
2995 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
2996 if (Expr
*E
= (Expr
*)D
.getAsmLabel()) {
2997 // The parser guarantees this is a string.
2998 StringLiteral
*SE
= cast
<StringLiteral
>(E
);
2999 llvm::StringRef Label
= SE
->getString();
3000 if (S
->getFnParent() != 0) {
3004 Diag(E
->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl
) << Label
;
3007 if (!Context
.Target
.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label
))
3008 Diag(E
->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name
) << Label
;
3012 case SC_PrivateExtern
:
3017 NewVD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) AsmLabelAttr(SE
->getStrTokenLoc(0),
3021 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
3022 if (!D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
3023 CheckShadow(S
, NewVD
, Previous
);
3025 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
3026 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
3027 // declaration has linkage).
3028 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous
, DC
, S
, NewVD
->hasLinkage());
3030 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
3031 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD
, Previous
, Redeclaration
);
3033 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
3034 if (!Previous
.empty()) {
3035 if (Previous
.isSingleResult() &&
3036 isa
<FieldDecl
>(Previous
.getFoundDecl()) &&
3037 D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3038 // The user tried to define a non-static data member
3039 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
3040 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line
)
3041 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3043 NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3045 } else if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3046 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
3047 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member
)
3048 << Name
<< computeDeclContext(D
.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
3049 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3050 NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3053 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD
, Previous
, Redeclaration
);
3055 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
3056 if (isExplicitSpecialization
&& !NewVD
->isInvalidDecl() &&
3057 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD
, Previous
))
3058 NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3061 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
3062 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not
3064 if (Previous
.isSingleResult()) {
3065 VarDecl
*Def
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(Previous
.getFoundDecl());
3066 if (Def
&& (Def
= Def
->getDefinition()) &&
3067 Def
!= NewVD
&& D
.hasAttributes()) {
3068 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition
);
3069 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
3073 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
3075 if (CurContext
->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD
->isExternC() &&
3076 !NewVD
->isInvalidDecl())
3077 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD
, Previous
, S
);
3079 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
3080 // member, set the visibility of this variable.
3081 if (NewVD
->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage
&& !DC
->isRecord())
3082 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD
);
3084 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD
);
3089 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements
3092 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
3095 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
3096 /// \param R the lookup of the name
3098 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope
*S
, VarDecl
*D
, const LookupResult
& R
) {
3099 // Return if warning is ignored.
3100 if (Diags
.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow
, R
.getNameLoc()) ==
3101 Diagnostic::Ignored
)
3104 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not
3105 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype.
3106 DeclContext
*NewDC
= static_cast<DeclContext
*>(S
->getEntity());
3107 if (NewDC
&& NewDC
->isFileContext())
3110 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
3111 if (R
.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found
)
3114 NamedDecl
* ShadowedDecl
= R
.getFoundDecl();
3115 if (!isa
<VarDecl
>(ShadowedDecl
) && !isa
<FieldDecl
>(ShadowedDecl
))
3118 DeclContext
*OldDC
= ShadowedDecl
->getDeclContext();
3120 // Don't warn for this case:
3128 if (D
->isExternC() && NewDC
->isFunctionOrMethod())
3129 if (VarDecl
*shadowedVar
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(ShadowedDecl
))
3130 if (shadowedVar
->isExternC())
3133 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
3134 if (NewDC
&& NewDC
->isRecord()) {
3135 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
3136 if (!OldDC
->isRecord())
3139 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
3140 // static data members from base classes?
3142 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
3143 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
3144 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
3147 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
3149 if (isa
<RecordDecl
>(OldDC
)) {
3150 if (isa
<FieldDecl
>(ShadowedDecl
))
3153 Kind
= 2; // static data member
3154 } else if (OldDC
->isFileContext())
3159 DeclarationName Name
= R
.getLookupName();
3161 // Emit warning and note.
3162 Diag(R
.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow
) << Name
<< Kind
<< OldDC
;
3163 Diag(ShadowedDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
3166 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
3167 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope
*S
, VarDecl
*D
) {
3168 if (Diags
.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow
, D
->getLocation()) ==
3169 Diagnostic::Ignored
)
3172 LookupResult
R(*this, D
->getDeclName(), D
->getLocation(),
3173 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName
, Sema::ForRedeclaration
);
3175 CheckShadow(S
, D
, R
);
3178 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
3181 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
3182 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
3183 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
3184 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
3185 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
3187 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
3188 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl
*NewVD
,
3189 LookupResult
&Previous
,
3190 bool &Redeclaration
) {
3191 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
3192 if (NewVD
->isInvalidDecl())
3195 QualType T
= NewVD
->getType();
3197 if (T
->isObjCObjectType()) {
3198 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object
);
3199 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3202 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
3203 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
3204 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
3205 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
3206 if (NewVD
->hasLocalStorage() && T
.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
3207 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl
);
3208 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3211 if (NewVD
->hasLocalStorage() && T
.isObjCGCWeak()
3212 && !NewVD
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>())
3213 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local
);
3215 bool isVM
= T
->isVariablyModifiedType();
3216 if (isVM
|| NewVD
->hasAttr
<CleanupAttr
>() ||
3217 NewVD
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>())
3218 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
3220 if ((isVM
&& NewVD
->hasLinkage()) ||
3221 (T
->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD
->hasGlobalStorage())) {
3222 bool SizeIsNegative
;
3223 llvm::APSInt Oversized
;
3225 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T
, Context
, SizeIsNegative
,
3228 if (FixedTy
.isNull() && T
->isVariableArrayType()) {
3229 const VariableArrayType
*VAT
= Context
.getAsVariableArrayType(T
);
3230 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
3232 SourceRange SizeRange
= VAT
->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
3234 if (NewVD
->isFileVarDecl())
3235 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope
)
3237 else if (NewVD
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
)
3238 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage
)
3241 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage
)
3243 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3246 if (FixedTy
.isNull()) {
3247 if (NewVD
->isFileVarDecl())
3248 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope
);
3250 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage
);
3251 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3254 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size
);
3255 NewVD
->setType(FixedTy
);
3258 if (Previous
.empty() && NewVD
->isExternC()) {
3259 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
3260 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C"
3261 // declaration with the same name.
3262 llvm::DenseMap
<DeclarationName
, NamedDecl
*>::iterator Pos
3263 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.find(NewVD
->getDeclName());
3264 if (Pos
!= LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.end())
3265 Previous
.addDecl(Pos
->second
);
3268 if (T
->isVoidType() && !NewVD
->hasExternalStorage()) {
3269 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
)
3271 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3274 if (!NewVD
->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>()) {
3275 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal
);
3276 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3279 if (isVM
&& NewVD
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>()) {
3280 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm
);
3281 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3284 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only
3285 // function pointer-to-members can do that.
3287 unsigned PtrOrRef
= 0;
3288 if (const PointerType
*Ptr
= T
->getAs
<PointerType
>())
3289 Pointee
= Ptr
->getPointeeType();
3290 else if (const ReferenceType
*Ref
= T
->getAs
<ReferenceType
>()) {
3291 Pointee
= Ref
->getPointeeType();
3294 if (!Pointee
.isNull() && Pointee
->isFunctionProtoType() &&
3295 Pointee
->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) {
3296 Diag(NewVD
->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer
)
3298 return NewVD
->setInvalidDecl();
3301 if (!Previous
.empty()) {
3302 Redeclaration
= true;
3303 MergeVarDecl(NewVD
, Previous
);
3307 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
3308 struct FindOverriddenMethodData
{
3310 CXXMethodDecl
*Method
;
3313 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
3314 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
3315 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
3316 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier
*Specifier
,
3319 RecordDecl
*BaseRecord
= Specifier
->getType()->getAs
<RecordType
>()->getDecl();
3321 FindOverriddenMethodData
*Data
3322 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData
*>(UserData
);
3324 DeclarationName Name
= Data
->Method
->getDeclName();
3326 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
3327 if (Name
.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName
) {
3328 // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
3329 QualType T
= Data
->S
->Context
.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord
);
3330 CanQualType CT
= Data
->S
->Context
.getCanonicalType(T
);
3332 Name
= Data
->S
->Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXDestructorName(CT
);
3335 for (Path
.Decls
= BaseRecord
->lookup(Name
);
3336 Path
.Decls
.first
!= Path
.Decls
.second
;
3337 ++Path
.Decls
.first
) {
3338 NamedDecl
*D
= *Path
.Decls
.first
;
3339 if (CXXMethodDecl
*MD
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(D
)) {
3340 if (MD
->isVirtual() && !Data
->S
->IsOverload(Data
->Method
, MD
, false))
3348 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
3349 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
3350 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl
*DC
, CXXMethodDecl
*MD
) {
3351 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
3353 FindOverriddenMethodData Data
;
3356 bool AddedAny
= false;
3357 if (DC
->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod
, &Data
, Paths
)) {
3358 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I
= Paths
.found_decls_begin(),
3359 E
= Paths
.found_decls_end(); I
!= E
; ++I
) {
3360 if (CXXMethodDecl
*OldMD
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(*I
)) {
3361 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD
, OldMD
) &&
3362 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD
, OldMD
) &&
3363 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD
, OldMD
)) {
3364 MD
->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD
->getCanonicalDecl());
3374 static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema
&S
, FunctionDecl
*NewFD
) {
3375 LookupResult
Prev(S
, NewFD
->getDeclName(), NewFD
->getLocation(),
3376 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName
, Sema::ForRedeclaration
);
3377 S
.LookupQualifiedName(Prev
, NewFD
->getDeclContext());
3378 assert(!Prev
.isAmbiguous() &&
3379 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
3380 for (LookupResult::iterator Func
= Prev
.begin(), FuncEnd
= Prev
.end();
3381 Func
!= FuncEnd
; ++Func
) {
3382 if (isa
<FunctionDecl
>(*Func
) &&
3383 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S
.Context
, cast
<FunctionDecl
>(*Func
), NewFD
))
3384 S
.Diag((*Func
)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match
);
3389 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope
* S
, Declarator
& D
, DeclContext
* DC
,
3390 QualType R
, TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
,
3391 LookupResult
&Previous
,
3392 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists
,
3393 bool IsFunctionDefinition
, bool &Redeclaration
) {
3394 assert(R
.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
3396 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3397 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo
= GetNameForDeclarator(D
);
3398 DeclarationName Name
= NameInfo
.getName();
3399 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC
= SC_None
;
3400 switch (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
3401 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!");
3402 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto
:
3403 case DeclSpec::SCS_register
:
3404 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
:
3405 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3406 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func
);
3409 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
: SC
= SC_None
; break;
3410 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern
: SC
= SC_Extern
; break;
3411 case DeclSpec::SCS_static
: {
3412 if (CurContext
->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
3414 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
3415 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
3416 // other than extern
3417 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
3418 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3419 diag::err_static_block_func
);
3425 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern
: SC
= SC_PrivateExtern
; break;
3428 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
3429 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread
);
3431 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
3432 if (R
->getAs
<FunctionType
>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
3433 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
3434 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value
) << 0
3435 << R
->getAs
<FunctionType
>()->getResultType();
3439 FunctionDecl
*NewFD
;
3440 bool isInline
= D
.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
3441 bool isFriend
= false;
3442 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec
= D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3443 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3444 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec
);
3445 FunctionTemplateDecl
*FunctionTemplate
= 0;
3446 bool isExplicitSpecialization
= false;
3447 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
= false;
3448 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
= 0;
3450 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
3451 // Determine whether the function was written with a
3452 // prototype. This true when:
3453 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
3454 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
3455 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
3457 (D
.isFunctionDeclarator() && D
.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype
) ||
3458 (!isa
<FunctionType
>(R
.getTypePtr()) && R
->isFunctionProtoType());
3460 NewFD
= FunctionDecl::Create(Context
, DC
,
3461 NameInfo
, R
, TInfo
, SC
, SCAsWritten
, isInline
,
3463 if (D
.isInvalidType())
3464 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3466 // Set the lexical context.
3467 NewFD
->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext
);
3468 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
3469 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous
, DC
, S
, NewFD
->hasLinkage());
3471 isFriend
= D
.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3472 bool isVirtual
= D
.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
3473 bool isExplicit
= D
.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
3474 bool isVirtualOkay
= false;
3476 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
3477 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
3478 // the class has been completely parsed.
3479 if (!DC
->isRecord() &&
3480 RequireNonAbstractType(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
3481 R
->getAs
<FunctionType
>()->getResultType(),
3482 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
3483 AbstractReturnType
))
3488 // C++ [class.friend]p5
3489 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
3490 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
3491 isInline
|= IsFunctionDefinition
;
3494 if (Name
.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName
) {
3495 // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
3496 assert(DC
->isRecord() &&
3497 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
3499 R
= CheckConstructorDeclarator(D
, R
, SC
);
3501 // Create the new declaration
3502 NewFD
= CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context
,
3503 cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
),
3505 isExplicit
, isInline
,
3506 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
3507 } else if (Name
.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName
) {
3508 // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
3509 if (DC
->isRecord()) {
3510 R
= CheckDestructorDeclarator(D
, R
, SC
);
3512 NewFD
= CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context
,
3513 cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
),
3516 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
3517 isVirtualOkay
= true;
3519 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member
);
3521 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
3523 NewFD
= FunctionDecl::Create(Context
, DC
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
3524 Name
, R
, TInfo
, SC
, SCAsWritten
, isInline
,
3525 /*hasPrototype=*/true);
3528 } else if (Name
.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName
) {
3529 if (!DC
->isRecord()) {
3530 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
3531 diag::err_conv_function_not_member
);
3535 CheckConversionDeclarator(D
, R
, SC
);
3536 NewFD
= CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context
, cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
),
3538 isInline
, isExplicit
);
3540 isVirtualOkay
= true;
3541 } else if (DC
->isRecord()) {
3542 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this
3543 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
3544 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
3545 // constructor if it has no return type).
3546 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type
3547 if (Name
.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
3548 Name
.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
)->getIdentifier()){
3549 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type
)
3550 << SourceRange(D
.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
3551 << SourceRange(D
.getIdentifierLoc());
3555 bool isStatic
= SC
== SC_Static
;
3558 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
3559 // (even if not explicitly declared static).
3560 if (Name
.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New
||
3561 Name
.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
)
3564 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
3565 // (even if not explicitly declared static).
3566 if (Name
.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete
||
3567 Name
.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete
)
3570 // This is a C++ method declaration.
3571 NewFD
= CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context
, cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(DC
),
3573 isStatic
, SCAsWritten
, isInline
);
3575 isVirtualOkay
= !isStatic
;
3577 // Determine whether the function was written with a
3578 // prototype. This true when:
3579 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
3580 NewFD
= FunctionDecl::Create(Context
, DC
,
3581 NameInfo
, R
, TInfo
, SC
, SCAsWritten
, isInline
,
3582 true/*HasPrototype*/);
3584 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD
, D
);
3585 isExplicitSpecialization
= false;
3586 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
= false;
3587 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
= TemplateParamLists
.size();
3588 if (D
.isInvalidType())
3589 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3591 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
3592 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
3593 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
3594 NewFD
->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext
);
3596 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
3597 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
3598 bool Invalid
= false;
3599 if (TemplateParameterList
*TemplateParams
3600 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
3601 D
.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3602 D
.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3603 TemplateParamLists
.get(),
3604 TemplateParamLists
.size(),
3606 isExplicitSpecialization
,
3608 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
3609 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
;
3611 if (TemplateParams
->size() > 0) {
3612 // This is a function template
3614 // Check that we can declare a template here.
3615 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S
, TemplateParams
))
3618 FunctionTemplate
= FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context
, DC
,
3619 NewFD
->getLocation(),
3620 Name
, TemplateParams
,
3622 FunctionTemplate
->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext
);
3623 NewFD
->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate
);
3625 // This is a function template specialization.
3626 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
= true;
3628 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
3629 if (isFriend
&& isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
) {
3630 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
3631 SourceRange RemoveRange
= TemplateParams
->getSourceRange();
3633 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
3634 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
3635 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
3636 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So
3637 // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
3638 SourceLocation InsertLoc
;
3639 if (D
.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
) {
3640 InsertLoc
= D
.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
3641 InsertLoc
= PP
.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc
);
3644 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend
)
3645 << Name
<< RemoveRange
3646 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange
)
3647 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc
, "<>");
3652 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
> 0 && D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3653 NewFD
->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context
,
3654 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
,
3655 TemplateParamLists
.release());
3659 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3660 if (FunctionTemplate
)
3661 FunctionTemplate
->setInvalidDecl();
3664 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
3665 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
3666 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
3667 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
3669 if (isVirtual
&& !NewFD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
3670 if (!isVirtualOkay
) {
3671 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3672 diag::err_virtual_non_function
);
3673 } else if (!CurContext
->isRecord()) {
3674 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
3675 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3676 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class
)
3677 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
3678 } else if (NewFD
->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
3679 // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
3680 // A member function template shall not be virtual.
3681 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
3682 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template
)
3683 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
3685 // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
3686 NewFD
->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
3690 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
3691 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration.
3692 if (isInline
&& !NewFD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
3693 if (CurContext
->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
3694 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
3695 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
3696 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope
) << Name
3697 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
3701 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
3702 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
3703 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1
3705 if (isExplicit
&& !NewFD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
3706 if (!CurContext
->isRecord()) {
3707 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
3708 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3709 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class
)
3710 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
3711 } else if (!isa
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(NewFD
) &&
3712 !isa
<CXXConversionDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
3713 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
3714 // or conversion function.
3715 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
3716 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function
)
3717 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
3721 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
3722 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous
, DC
, S
, NewFD
->hasLinkage());
3725 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
3726 if (FunctionTemplate
) {
3727 FunctionTemplate
->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
3728 FunctionTemplate
->setAccess(AS_public
);
3730 NewFD
->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
3731 NewFD
->setAccess(AS_public
);
3734 if (isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
) && DC
== CurContext
&& IsFunctionDefinition
) {
3735 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class
3737 NewFD
->setImplicitlyInline();
3740 if (SC
== SC_Static
&& isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
) &&
3741 !CurContext
->isRecord()) {
3742 // C++ [class.static]p1:
3743 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static
3744 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
3747 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
3748 // member function definition.
3749 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3750 diag::err_static_out_of_line
)
3751 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3755 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
3756 if (Expr
*E
= (Expr
*) D
.getAsmLabel()) {
3757 // The parser guarantees this is a string.
3758 StringLiteral
*SE
= cast
<StringLiteral
>(E
);
3759 NewFD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) AsmLabelAttr(SE
->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context
,
3763 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
3764 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params.
3765 llvm::SmallVector
<ParmVarDecl
*, 16> Params
;
3766 if (D
.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
3767 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo
&FTI
= D
.getFunctionTypeInfo();
3769 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
3770 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
3771 // single void argument.
3772 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
3773 // already checks for that case.
3774 if (FTI
.NumArgs
== 1 && !FTI
.isVariadic
&& FTI
.ArgInfo
[0].Ident
== 0 &&
3775 FTI
.ArgInfo
[0].Param
&&
3776 cast
<ParmVarDecl
>(FTI
.ArgInfo
[0].Param
)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
3777 // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
3778 ParmVarDecl
*Param
= cast
<ParmVarDecl
>(FTI
.ArgInfo
[0].Param
);
3780 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
3781 // typedef of void is not permitted.
3782 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
3783 Param
->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context
.VoidTy
)
3784 Diag(Param
->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void
);
3785 } else if (FTI
.NumArgs
> 0 && FTI
.ArgInfo
[0].Param
!= 0) {
3786 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= FTI
.NumArgs
; i
!= e
; ++i
) {
3787 ParmVarDecl
*Param
= cast
<ParmVarDecl
>(FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Param
);
3788 assert(Param
->getDeclContext() != NewFD
&& "Was set before ?");
3789 Param
->setDeclContext(NewFD
);
3790 Params
.push_back(Param
);
3792 if (Param
->isInvalidDecl())
3793 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3797 } else if (const FunctionProtoType
*FT
= R
->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>()) {
3798 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
3799 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
3800 // parameters for use in the declaration.
3803 // typedef void fn(int);
3807 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
3808 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI
= FT
->arg_type_begin(),
3809 AE
= FT
->arg_type_end(); AI
!= AE
; ++AI
) {
3810 ParmVarDecl
*Param
=
3811 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI
);
3812 Params
.push_back(Param
);
3815 assert(R
->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD
->getNumParams() == 0 &&
3816 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
3818 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
3819 NewFD
->setParams(Params
.data(), Params
.size());
3821 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
3822 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, NewFD
, D
,
3823 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
3825 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
3826 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
3827 bool isExplctSpecialization
=false;
3828 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S
, NewFD
, Previous
, isExplctSpecialization
,
3830 assert((NewFD
->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration
||
3831 Previous
.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded
) &&
3832 "previous declaration set still overloaded");
3834 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
3835 // argument list into our AST format.
3836 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs
= false;
3837 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs
;
3838 if (D
.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
) {
3839 TemplateIdAnnotation
*TemplateId
= D
.getName().TemplateId
;
3840 TemplateArgs
.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId
->LAngleLoc
);
3841 TemplateArgs
.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId
->RAngleLoc
);
3842 ASTTemplateArgsPtr
TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
3843 TemplateId
->getTemplateArgs(),
3844 TemplateId
->NumArgs
);
3845 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr
,
3847 TemplateArgsPtr
.release();
3849 HasExplicitTemplateArgs
= true;
3851 if (FunctionTemplate
) {
3852 // Function template with explicit template arguments.
3853 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec
)
3854 << SourceRange(TemplateId
->LAngleLoc
, TemplateId
->RAngleLoc
);
3856 HasExplicitTemplateArgs
= false;
3857 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
&&
3858 !D
.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3859 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
3860 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
3861 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
3862 // too few of them).
3863 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header
)
3864 << SourceRange(TemplateId
->LAngleLoc
, TemplateId
->RAngleLoc
)
3865 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
3866 D
.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3868 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
= true;
3870 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
3871 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
= true;
3873 } else if (isFriend
&& isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
) {
3874 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user
3875 // wrote something like:
3876 // template <> friend void foo(int);
3877 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
3878 // friend void foo<>(int);
3879 // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
3880 HasExplicitTemplateArgs
= true;
3881 TemplateArgs
.setLAngleLoc(D
.getIdentifierLoc());
3882 TemplateArgs
.setRAngleLoc(D
.getIdentifierLoc());
3885 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
3886 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
3887 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In
3888 // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
3889 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
&& isFriend
&&
3890 (NewFD
->getType()->isDependentType() || DC
->isDependentContext())) {
3891 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs
&&
3892 "friend function specialization without template args");
3893 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD
, TemplateArgs
,
3895 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3896 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
) {
3897 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD
,
3898 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs
? &TemplateArgs
: 0),
3900 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3901 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization
&& isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
3902 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD
, Previous
))
3903 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3906 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
3907 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S
, NewFD
, Previous
, isExplicitSpecialization
,
3910 assert((NewFD
->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration
||
3911 Previous
.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded
) &&
3912 "previous declaration set still overloaded");
3914 NamedDecl
*PrincipalDecl
= (FunctionTemplate
3915 ? cast
<NamedDecl
>(FunctionTemplate
)
3918 if (isFriend
&& Redeclaration
) {
3919 AccessSpecifier Access
= AS_public
;
3920 if (!NewFD
->isInvalidDecl())
3921 Access
= NewFD
->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess();
3923 NewFD
->setAccess(Access
);
3924 if (FunctionTemplate
) FunctionTemplate
->setAccess(Access
);
3926 PrincipalDecl
->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
3929 if (NewFD
->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC
->isRecord() &&
3930 PrincipalDecl
->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary
))
3931 PrincipalDecl
->setNonMemberOperator();
3933 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
3934 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
3935 if (FunctionTemplate
) {
3936 FunctionTemplateDecl
*PrevTemplate
= FunctionTemplate
->getPreviousDeclaration();
3937 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate
->getTemplateParameters(),
3938 PrevTemplate
? PrevTemplate
->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
3939 D
.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate
3940 : TPC_FunctionTemplate
);
3943 if (NewFD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
3944 // Ignore all the rest of this.
3945 } else if (!Redeclaration
) {
3946 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
3947 if (isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(NewFD
->getDeclContext()))
3948 NewFD
->setAccess(AS_public
);
3950 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
3951 if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3952 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
3953 // dependent-scope friend declarations.
3955 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
3956 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
3957 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
3958 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there
3959 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
3960 // can actually do this check immediately.
3962 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
||
3963 D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
3964 CurContext
->isDependentContext())) {
3967 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
3968 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
3969 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
3970 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
3976 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
3978 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
3979 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
3980 // whether the parameter types are references).
3981 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match
)
3982 << Name
<< DC
<< D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3983 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3985 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD
);
3988 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
3990 } else if (isFriend
&& cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(CurContext
)->isLocalClass()) {
3991 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
);
3992 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
3993 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD
);
3996 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition
&& D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
3997 !isFriend
&& !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization
&&
3998 !isExplicitSpecialization
) {
3999 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
4000 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4001 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
4002 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
4003 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension
4004 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them.
4005 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration
)
4006 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4011 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes
4012 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc).
4013 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then,
4014 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts.
4015 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, NewFD
, D
,
4016 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
4018 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
4019 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging
4020 if (Redeclaration
&& Previous
.isSingleResult()) {
4021 const FunctionDecl
*Def
;
4022 FunctionDecl
*PrevFD
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(Previous
.getFoundDecl());
4023 if (PrevFD
&& PrevFD
->hasBody(Def
) && D
.hasAttributes()) {
4024 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition
);
4025 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
4029 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD
);
4031 if (NewFD
->hasAttr
<OverloadableAttr
>() &&
4032 !NewFD
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionProtoType
>()) {
4033 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(),
4034 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype
)
4037 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
4038 const FunctionType
*FT
= NewFD
->getType()->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
4039 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI
;
4040 EPI
.Variadic
= true;
4041 EPI
.ExtInfo
= FT
->getExtInfo();
4043 QualType R
= Context
.getFunctionType(FT
->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI
);
4047 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4048 // member, set the visibility of this function.
4049 if (NewFD
->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage
&& !DC
->isRecord())
4050 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD
);
4052 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
4053 // map of such names.
4054 if (CurContext
->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD
->isExternC()
4055 && !NewFD
->isInvalidDecl())
4056 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD
, Previous
, S
);
4058 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
4059 NewFD
->setLocEnd(D
.getSourceRange().getEnd());
4061 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
4062 if (FunctionTemplate
) {
4063 if (NewFD
->isInvalidDecl())
4064 FunctionTemplate
->setInvalidDecl();
4065 return FunctionTemplate
;
4069 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD
);
4073 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
4075 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
4076 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
4077 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
4078 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
4079 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
4080 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
4081 /// via InstantiateDecl).
4083 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is
4084 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
4086 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
4087 void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope
*S
, FunctionDecl
*NewFD
,
4088 LookupResult
&Previous
,
4089 bool IsExplicitSpecialization
,
4090 bool &Redeclaration
) {
4091 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking.
4092 if (NewFD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4093 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
4094 // This avoids some consistency errors later.
4095 if (isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
))
4096 cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
4101 if (NewFD
->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4102 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
4103 // because all functions have linkage.
4104 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl
);
4105 return NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
4108 if (NewFD
->isMain())
4111 // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
4112 if (Previous
.empty() && NewFD
->isExternC()) {
4113 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring
4114 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C"
4115 // declaration with the same name.
4116 llvm::DenseMap
<DeclarationName
, NamedDecl
*>::iterator Pos
4117 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.find(NewFD
->getDeclName());
4118 if (Pos
!= LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.end())
4119 Previous
.addDecl(Pos
->second
);
4122 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
4123 // the same name, if appropriate.
4124 if (!Previous
.empty()) {
4125 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
4126 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
4127 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
4128 // function to the scope.
4130 NamedDecl
*OldDecl
= 0;
4131 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous
, Context
)) {
4132 Redeclaration
= true;
4133 OldDecl
= Previous
.getFoundDecl();
4135 switch (CheckOverload(S
, NewFD
, Previous
, OldDecl
,
4136 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
4138 Redeclaration
= true;
4141 case Ovl_NonFunction
:
4142 Redeclaration
= true;
4146 Redeclaration
= false;
4150 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& !NewFD
->hasAttr
<OverloadableAttr
>()) {
4151 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
4152 // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
4153 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing
)
4154 << Redeclaration
<< NewFD
;
4155 NamedDecl
*OverloadedDecl
= 0;
4157 OverloadedDecl
= OldDecl
;
4158 else if (!Previous
.empty())
4159 OverloadedDecl
= Previous
.getRepresentativeDecl();
4161 Diag(OverloadedDecl
->getLocation(),
4162 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload
);
4163 NewFD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
4168 if (Redeclaration
) {
4169 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
4171 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD
, OldDecl
))
4172 return NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
4175 Previous
.addDecl(OldDecl
);
4177 if (FunctionTemplateDecl
*OldTemplateDecl
4178 = dyn_cast
<FunctionTemplateDecl
>(OldDecl
)) {
4179 NewFD
->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl
->getTemplatedDecl());
4180 FunctionTemplateDecl
*NewTemplateDecl
4181 = NewFD
->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
4182 assert(NewTemplateDecl
&& "Template/non-template mismatch");
4183 if (CXXMethodDecl
*Method
4184 = dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewTemplateDecl
->getTemplatedDecl())) {
4185 Method
->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl
->getAccess());
4186 NewTemplateDecl
->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl
->getAccess());
4189 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
4190 // template, mark it as a member specialization.
4191 if (IsExplicitSpecialization
&&
4192 NewTemplateDecl
->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
4193 NewTemplateDecl
->setMemberSpecialization();
4194 assert(OldTemplateDecl
->isMemberSpecialization());
4197 if (isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
4198 NewFD
->setAccess(OldDecl
->getAccess());
4199 NewFD
->setPreviousDeclaration(cast
<FunctionDecl
>(OldDecl
));
4204 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
4205 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
4206 // C++-specific checks.
4207 if (CXXConstructorDecl
*Constructor
= dyn_cast
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
4208 CheckConstructor(Constructor
);
4209 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl
*Destructor
=
4210 dyn_cast
<CXXDestructorDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
4211 CXXRecordDecl
*Record
= Destructor
->getParent();
4212 QualType ClassType
= Context
.getTypeDeclType(Record
);
4214 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
4215 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
4216 if (!ClassType
->isDependentType()) {
4217 DeclarationName Name
4218 = Context
.DeclarationNames
.getCXXDestructorName(
4219 Context
.getCanonicalType(ClassType
));
4220 if (NewFD
->getDeclName() != Name
) {
4221 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name
);
4222 return NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
4225 } else if (CXXConversionDecl
*Conversion
4226 = dyn_cast
<CXXConversionDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
4227 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion
);
4230 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
4231 if (CXXMethodDecl
*Method
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(NewFD
)) {
4232 if (!Method
->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
4233 !Method
->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
4234 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method
->getParent(), Method
)) {
4235 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
4236 if (NewFD
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
) {
4237 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual
)
4238 << NewFD
->getDeclName();
4239 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator
4240 Overridden
= Method
->begin_overridden_methods(),
4241 OverriddenEnd
= Method
->end_overridden_methods();
4242 Overridden
!= OverriddenEnd
;
4244 Diag((*Overridden
)->getLocation(),
4245 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function
);
4252 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
4253 if (NewFD
->isOverloadedOperator() &&
4254 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD
))
4255 return NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
4257 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
4258 if (NewFD
->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
4259 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD
))
4260 return NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
4262 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
4263 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
4264 // during delayed parsing anyway.
4265 if (!CurContext
->isRecord())
4266 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD
);
4268 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
4269 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
4270 if (unsigned BuiltinID
= NewFD
->getBuiltinID()) {
4271 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error
;
4272 QualType T
= Context
.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID
, Error
);
4273 if (!T
.isNull() && !Context
.hasSameType(T
, NewFD
->getType())) {
4274 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
4275 // so forget about the builtin entirely.
4276 Context
.BuiltinInfo
.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID
, Context
.Idents
);
4282 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl
* FD
) {
4283 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline
4284 // or static is ill-formed.
4285 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
4286 // shall not appear in a declaration of main.
4287 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
4288 bool isInline
= FD
->isInlineSpecified();
4289 bool isStatic
= FD
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
;
4290 if (isInline
|| isStatic
) {
4291 unsigned diagID
= diag::warn_unusual_main_decl
;
4292 if (isInline
|| getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
4293 diagID
= diag::err_unusual_main_decl
;
4295 int which
= isStatic
+ (isInline
<< 1) - 1;
4296 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diagID
) << which
;
4299 QualType T
= FD
->getType();
4300 assert(T
->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
4301 const FunctionType
* FT
= T
->getAs
<FunctionType
>();
4303 if (!Context
.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT
->getResultType(), Context
.IntTy
)) {
4304 TypeSourceInfo
*TSI
= FD
->getTypeSourceInfo();
4305 TypeLoc TL
= TSI
->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
4306 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder
& D
= Diag(FD
->getTypeSpecStartLoc(),
4307 diag::err_main_returns_nonint
);
4308 if (FunctionTypeLoc
* PTL
= dyn_cast
<FunctionTypeLoc
>(&TL
)) {
4309 D
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL
->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(),
4312 FD
->setInvalidDecl(true);
4315 // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
4316 if (isa
<FunctionNoProtoType
>(FT
)) return;
4318 const FunctionProtoType
* FTP
= cast
<const FunctionProtoType
>(FT
);
4319 unsigned nparams
= FTP
->getNumArgs();
4320 assert(FD
->getNumParams() == nparams
);
4322 bool HasExtraParameters
= (nparams
> 3);
4324 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If
4325 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
4328 Context
.Target
.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin
)
4329 HasExtraParameters
= false;
4331 if (HasExtraParameters
) {
4332 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args
) << nparams
;
4333 FD
->setInvalidDecl(true);
4337 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
4338 // if we had some location information about types.
4341 Context
.getPointerType(Context
.getPointerType(Context
.CharTy
));
4342 QualType Expected
[] = { Context
.IntTy
, CharPP
, CharPP
, CharPP
};
4344 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
< nparams
; ++i
) {
4345 QualType AT
= FTP
->getArgType(i
);
4347 bool mismatch
= true;
4349 if (Context
.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT
, Expected
[i
]))
4351 else if (Expected
[i
] == CharPP
) {
4352 // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
4354 // char const * const *
4357 QualifierCollector qs
;
4358 const PointerType
* PT
;
4359 if ((PT
= qs
.strip(AT
)->getAs
<PointerType
>()) &&
4360 (PT
= qs
.strip(PT
->getPointeeType())->getAs
<PointerType
>()) &&
4361 (QualType(qs
.strip(PT
->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context
.CharTy
)) {
4363 mismatch
= !qs
.empty();
4368 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong
) << i
<< Expected
[i
];
4369 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
4370 FD
->setInvalidDecl(true);
4374 if (nparams
== 1 && !FD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4375 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg
);
4378 if (!FD
->isInvalidDecl() && FD
->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
4379 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl
);
4380 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
4384 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr
*Init
, QualType DclT
) {
4385 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for
4386 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
4387 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list,
4388 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
4389 // expressions. Everything else falls under the
4390 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
4391 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
4392 // rules there don't matter.)
4393 if (Init
->isConstantInitializer(Context
, false))
4395 Diag(Init
->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant
)
4396 << Init
->getSourceRange();
4400 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl
*dcl
, Expr
*init
) {
4401 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl
, init
, /*DirectInit=*/false);
4404 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
4405 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
4406 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
4407 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl
*RealDecl
, Expr
*Init
, bool DirectInit
) {
4408 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore
4413 if (CXXMethodDecl
*Method
= dyn_cast
<CXXMethodDecl
>(RealDecl
)) {
4414 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
4415 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
4416 // Thus this grotesque test.
4418 if ((IL
= dyn_cast
<IntegerLiteral
>(Init
)) && IL
->getValue() == 0 &&
4419 Context
.getCanonicalType(IL
->getType()) == Context
.IntTy
)
4420 CheckPureMethod(Method
, Init
->getSourceRange());
4422 Diag(Method
->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization
)
4423 << Method
->getDeclName() << Init
->getSourceRange();
4424 Method
->setInvalidDecl();
4429 VarDecl
*VDecl
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(RealDecl
);
4431 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
4432 RealDecl
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4433 isa
<NamedDecl
>(RealDecl
))
4434 Diag(RealDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization
);
4436 Diag(RealDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer
);
4437 RealDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4443 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
4444 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the
4445 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
4446 QualType BaseDeclType
= VDecl
->getType();
4447 if (const ArrayType
*Array
= Context
.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType
))
4448 BaseDeclType
= Array
->getElementType();
4449 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl
->getLocation(), BaseDeclType
,
4450 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
)) {
4451 RealDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4455 // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
4456 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl
->getLocation(), VDecl
->getType(),
4457 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
4458 AbstractVariableType
))
4459 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4462 if ((Def
= VDecl
->getDefinition()) && Def
!= VDecl
) {
4463 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
)
4464 << VDecl
->getDeclName();
4465 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
4466 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4470 const VarDecl
* PrevInit
= 0;
4471 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
4472 // C++ [class.static.data]p4
4473 // If a static data member is of const integral or const
4474 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
4475 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
4476 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
4477 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
4478 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
4479 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
4481 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
4482 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
4483 // declaration with an initializer.
4484 if (VDecl
->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl
->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit
)) {
4485 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
) << VDecl
->getDeclName();
4486 Diag(PrevInit
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
4490 if (VDecl
->hasLocalStorage())
4491 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4493 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init
, UPPC_Initializer
)) {
4494 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4499 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of
4501 InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl
);
4503 // FIXME: Poor source location information.
4504 InitializationKind Kind
4505 = DirectInit
? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl
->getLocation(),
4506 Init
->getLocStart(),
4508 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl
->getLocation(),
4509 Init
->getLocStart());
4511 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
4512 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
4513 QualType DclT
= VDecl
->getType(), SavT
= DclT
;
4514 if (VDecl
->isLocalVarDecl()) {
4515 if (VDecl
->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5
4516 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init
);
4517 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4518 } else if (!VDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4519 InitializationSequence
InitSeq(*this, Entity
, Kind
, &Init
, 1);
4520 ExprResult Result
= InitSeq
.Perform(*this, Entity
, Kind
,
4521 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init
, 1),
4523 if (Result
.isInvalid()) {
4524 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4528 Init
= Result
.takeAs
<Expr
>();
4530 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
4531 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
4532 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& !VDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4533 if (VDecl
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
) // C99 6.7.8p4.
4534 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init
, DclT
);
4537 } else if (VDecl
->isStaticDataMember() &&
4538 VDecl
->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4539 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
4542 // static const int value = 17;
4545 // Try to perform the initialization regardless.
4546 if (!VDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4547 InitializationSequence
InitSeq(*this, Entity
, Kind
, &Init
, 1);
4548 ExprResult Result
= InitSeq
.Perform(*this, Entity
, Kind
,
4549 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init
, 1),
4551 if (Result
.isInvalid()) {
4552 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4556 Init
= Result
.takeAs
<Expr
>();
4559 // C++ [class.mem]p4:
4560 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
4561 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
4562 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
4563 QualType T
= VDecl
->getType();
4565 // Do nothing on dependent types.
4566 if (T
->isDependentType()) {
4568 // Require constness.
4569 } else if (!T
.isConstQualified()) {
4570 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const
)
4571 << Init
->getSourceRange();
4572 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4574 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
4575 } else if (T
->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
4576 if (!Init
->isValueDependent()) {
4577 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
4580 if (!Init
->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value
, Context
, &Loc
)) {
4581 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant
)
4582 << Init
->getSourceRange();
4583 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4587 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and
4588 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really
4591 bool Allowed
= false;
4592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x
) {
4593 Allowed
= T
->isLiteralType();
4594 } else if (T
->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
4595 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type
)
4596 << T
<< Init
->getSourceRange();
4601 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type
)
4602 << T
<< Init
->getSourceRange();
4603 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4605 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't.
4606 } else if (!Init
->isValueDependent() &&
4607 !Init
->isConstantInitializer(Context
, false)) {
4608 Diag(Init
->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant
)
4609 << Init
->getSourceRange();
4610 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4613 } else if (VDecl
->isFileVarDecl()) {
4614 if (VDecl
->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern
&&
4615 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
||
4616 !Context
.getBaseElementType(VDecl
->getType()).isConstQualified()))
4617 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init
);
4618 if (!VDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4619 InitializationSequence
InitSeq(*this, Entity
, Kind
, &Init
, 1);
4620 ExprResult Result
= InitSeq
.Perform(*this, Entity
, Kind
,
4621 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init
, 1),
4623 if (Result
.isInvalid()) {
4624 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4628 Init
= Result
.takeAs
<Expr
>();
4631 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers.
4632 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics.
4633 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& !VDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4634 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
4635 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init
, DclT
);
4638 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
4639 // completed by the initializer. For example:
4640 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
4641 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
4642 if (!VDecl
->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT
!= SavT
)) {
4643 VDecl
->setType(DclT
);
4644 Init
->setType(DclT
);
4648 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it
4649 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a
4650 // global/static definition.
4651 if (VDecl
->hasLocalStorage())
4652 if (const RecordType
*RT
= VDecl
->getType()->getAs
<RecordType
>())
4653 if (RT
->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
4654 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible
4655 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list.
4656 if (InitListExpr
*ILE
= dyn_cast
<InitListExpr
>(Init
)) {
4657 unsigned Index
= std::distance(RT
->getDecl()->field_begin(),
4658 RT
->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1;
4659 if (Index
< ILE
->getNumInits() &&
4660 !(isa
<InitListExpr
>(ILE
->getInit(Index
)) &&
4661 cast
<InitListExpr
>(ILE
->getInit(Index
))->getNumInits() == 0)) {
4662 Diag(VDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable
);
4663 VDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
4668 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
4669 CheckImplicitConversions(Init
, VDecl
->getLocation());
4671 Init
= MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init
);
4672 // Attach the initializer to the decl.
4673 VDecl
->setInit(Init
);
4675 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl
);
4678 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
4679 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
4681 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl
*D
) {
4682 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
4683 // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
4684 if (!D
|| D
->isInvalidDecl()) return;
4686 VarDecl
*VD
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(D
);
4689 QualType Ty
= VD
->getType();
4690 if (Ty
->isDependentType()) return;
4692 // Require a complete type.
4693 if (RequireCompleteType(VD
->getLocation(),
4694 Context
.getBaseElementType(Ty
),
4695 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
)) {
4696 VD
->setInvalidDecl();
4700 // Require an abstract type.
4701 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD
->getLocation(), Ty
,
4702 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
4703 AbstractVariableType
)) {
4704 VD
->setInvalidDecl();
4708 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
4712 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl
*RealDecl
,
4713 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto
) {
4714 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
4718 if (VarDecl
*Var
= dyn_cast
<VarDecl
>(RealDecl
)) {
4719 QualType Type
= Var
->getType();
4721 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3
4722 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto
) {
4723 Diag(Var
->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init
)
4724 << Var
->getDeclName() << Type
;
4725 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4729 switch (Var
->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
4730 case VarDecl::Definition
:
4731 if (!Var
->isStaticDataMember() || !Var
->getAnyInitializer())
4734 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
4735 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
4740 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly
:
4741 // It's only a declaration.
4743 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
4744 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
4745 // object shall be complete.
4746 if (!Type
->isDependentType() && Var
->isLocalVarDecl() &&
4747 !Var
->getLinkage() && !Var
->isInvalidDecl() &&
4748 RequireCompleteType(Var
->getLocation(), Type
,
4749 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
))
4750 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4752 // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
4753 if (!Type
->isDependentType() && !Var
->isInvalidDecl() &&
4754 RequireNonAbstractType(Var
->getLocation(), Type
,
4755 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
4756 AbstractVariableType
))
4757 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4760 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
:
4761 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
4762 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
4763 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
4764 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
4765 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
4766 if (!Var
->isInvalidDecl()) {
4767 if (const IncompleteArrayType
*ArrayT
4768 = Context
.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type
)) {
4769 if (RequireCompleteType(Var
->getLocation(),
4770 ArrayT
->getElementType(),
4771 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type
))
4772 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4773 } else if (Var
->getStorageClass() == SC_Static
) {
4774 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
4775 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
4776 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
4777 // NOTE: code such as the following
4779 // struct s { int a; };
4780 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
4781 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
4782 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
4783 if (Var
->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0)
4784 RequireCompleteType(Var
->getLocation(), Type
,
4785 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
);
4789 // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
4790 if (!Var
->isInvalidDecl())
4791 TentativeDefinitions
.push_back(Var
);
4795 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
4796 // definitions with incomplete array type.
4797 if (Type
->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
4798 Diag(Var
->getLocation(),
4799 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer
);
4800 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4804 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
4805 // definitions with reference type.
4806 if (Type
->isReferenceType()) {
4807 Diag(Var
->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init
)
4808 << Var
->getDeclName()
4809 << SourceRange(Var
->getLocation(), Var
->getLocation());
4810 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4814 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
4815 // variable with dependent type.
4816 if (Type
->isDependentType())
4819 if (Var
->isInvalidDecl())
4822 if (RequireCompleteType(Var
->getLocation(),
4823 Context
.getBaseElementType(Type
),
4824 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type
)) {
4825 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4829 // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
4830 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var
->getLocation(), Type
,
4831 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
4832 AbstractVariableType
)) {
4833 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4837 const RecordType
*Record
4838 = Context
.getBaseElementType(Type
)->getAs
<RecordType
>();
4839 if (Record
&& getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x
&&
4840 cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Record
->getDecl())->isPOD()) {
4841 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
4842 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
4843 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
4844 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
4845 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
4846 // type shall have a user-declared default
4847 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
4848 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
4849 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
4850 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
4851 // program is ill-formed.
4852 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this.
4854 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x
4855 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
4856 // storage duration", not a "local variable".
4857 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& Var
->hasLocalStorage())
4858 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4860 InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var
);
4861 InitializationKind Kind
4862 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var
->getLocation());
4864 InitializationSequence
InitSeq(*this, Entity
, Kind
, 0, 0);
4865 ExprResult Init
= InitSeq
.Perform(*this, Entity
, Kind
,
4866 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0));
4867 if (Init
.isInvalid())
4868 Var
->setInvalidDecl();
4869 else if (Init
.get())
4870 Var
->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init
.get()));
4873 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var
);
4877 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl
*var
) {
4878 if (var
->isInvalidDecl()) return;
4880 // All the following checks are C++ only.
4881 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) return;
4883 QualType baseType
= Context
.getBaseElementType(var
->getType());
4884 if (baseType
->isDependentType()) return;
4886 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
4887 if (var
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>()) {
4888 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
4889 // array type; should we diagnose that here?
4891 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
4892 // constructing this copy.
4893 QualType type
= var
->getType();
4895 if (type
->isStructureOrClassType()) {
4896 SourceLocation poi
= var
->getLocation();
4897 Expr
*varRef
= new (Context
) DeclRefExpr(var
, type
, VK_LValue
, poi
);
4899 PerformCopyInitialization(
4900 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi
, type
, false),
4901 poi
, Owned(varRef
));
4902 if (!result
.isInvalid()) {
4903 result
= MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result
);
4904 Expr
*init
= result
.takeAs
<Expr
>();
4905 Context
.setBlockVarCopyInits(var
, init
);
4910 // Check for global constructors.
4911 if (!var
->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
4912 var
->hasGlobalStorage() &&
4913 !var
->isStaticLocal() &&
4915 !var
->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context
,
4916 baseType
->isReferenceType()))
4917 Diag(var
->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor
)
4918 << var
->getInit()->getSourceRange();
4920 // Require the destructor.
4921 if (const RecordType
*recordType
= baseType
->getAs
<RecordType
>())
4922 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var
, recordType
);
4925 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
4926 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope
*S
, const DeclSpec
&DS
,
4927 Decl
**Group
, unsigned NumDecls
) {
4928 llvm::SmallVector
<Decl
*, 8> Decls
;
4930 if (DS
.isTypeSpecOwned())
4931 Decls
.push_back(DS
.getRepAsDecl());
4933 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= NumDecls
; ++i
)
4934 if (Decl
*D
= Group
[i
])
4937 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context
,
4938 Decls
.data(), Decls
.size()));
4942 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
4943 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
4944 Decl
*Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
) {
4945 const DeclSpec
&DS
= D
.getDeclSpec();
4947 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
4948 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass
= SC_None
;
4949 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten
= SC_None
;
4950 if (DS
.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register
) {
4951 StorageClass
= SC_Register
;
4952 StorageClassAsWritten
= SC_Register
;
4953 } else if (DS
.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified
) {
4954 Diag(DS
.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4955 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl
);
4956 D
.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
4959 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4960 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread
);
4962 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D
);
4964 TagDecl
*OwnedDecl
= 0;
4965 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(D
, S
, &OwnedDecl
);
4966 QualType parmDeclType
= TInfo
->getType();
4968 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
4969 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
4971 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D
);
4973 if (OwnedDecl
&& OwnedDecl
->isDefinition()) {
4975 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
4976 Diag(OwnedDecl
->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type
)
4977 << Context
.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl
);
4980 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4981 if (D
.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4982 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator
)
4983 << D
.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4984 D
.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
4988 // Ensure we have a valid name
4989 IdentifierInfo
*II
= 0;
4991 II
= D
.getIdentifier();
4993 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name
)
4994 << GetNameForDeclarator(D
).getName().getAsString();
4995 D
.setInvalidType(true);
4999 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
5001 LookupResult
R(*this, II
, D
.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName
,
5004 if (R
.isSingleResult()) {
5005 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= R
.getFoundDecl();
5006 if (PrevDecl
->isTemplateParameter()) {
5007 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5008 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl
);
5009 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5011 } else if (S
->isDeclScope(PrevDecl
)) {
5012 Diag(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition
) << II
;
5013 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
5015 // Recover by removing the name
5017 D
.SetIdentifier(0, D
.getIdentifierLoc());
5018 D
.setInvalidType(true);
5023 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
5024 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally
5025 // looking like class members in C++.
5026 ParmVarDecl
*New
= CheckParameter(Context
.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
5027 TInfo
, parmDeclType
, II
,
5028 D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
5029 StorageClass
, StorageClassAsWritten
);
5031 if (D
.isInvalidType())
5032 New
->setInvalidDecl();
5034 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
5037 IdResolver
.AddDecl(New
);
5039 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, New
, D
);
5041 if (New
->hasAttr
<BlocksAttr
>()) {
5042 Diag(New
->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal
);
5047 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
5049 ParmVarDecl
*Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext
*DC
,
5052 ParmVarDecl
*Param
= ParmVarDecl::Create(Context
, DC
, Loc
, 0,
5053 T
, Context
.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T
, Loc
),
5054 SC_None
, SC_None
, 0);
5055 Param
->setImplicit();
5059 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl
* const *Param
,
5060 ParmVarDecl
* const *ParamEnd
) {
5061 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
5062 // will already have done so in the template itself.
5063 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations
.empty())
5066 for (; Param
!= ParamEnd
; ++Param
) {
5067 if (!(*Param
)->isUsed() && (*Param
)->getDeclName() &&
5068 !(*Param
)->hasAttr
<UnusedAttr
>()) {
5069 Diag((*Param
)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter
)
5070 << (*Param
)->getDeclName();
5075 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl
* const *Param
,
5076 ParmVarDecl
* const *ParamEnd
,
5079 if (LangOpts
.NumLargeByValueCopy
== 0) // No check.
5082 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
5084 if (ReturnTy
->isPODType()) {
5085 unsigned Size
= Context
.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy
).getQuantity();
5086 if (Size
> LangOpts
.NumLargeByValueCopy
)
5087 Diag(D
->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size
)
5088 << D
->getDeclName() << Size
;
5091 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
5093 for (; Param
!= ParamEnd
; ++Param
) {
5094 QualType T
= (*Param
)->getType();
5095 if (!T
->isPODType())
5097 unsigned Size
= Context
.getTypeSizeInChars(T
).getQuantity();
5098 if (Size
> LangOpts
.NumLargeByValueCopy
)
5099 Diag((*Param
)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size
)
5100 << (*Param
)->getDeclName() << Size
;
5104 ParmVarDecl
*Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext
*DC
,
5105 TypeSourceInfo
*TSInfo
, QualType T
,
5106 IdentifierInfo
*Name
,
5107 SourceLocation NameLoc
,
5108 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass
,
5109 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten
) {
5110 ParmVarDecl
*New
= ParmVarDecl::Create(Context
, DC
, NameLoc
, Name
,
5111 adjustParameterType(T
), TSInfo
,
5112 StorageClass
, StorageClassAsWritten
,
5115 // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
5116 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5117 // the class has been completely parsed.
5118 if (!CurContext
->isRecord() &&
5119 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc
, T
, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
5121 New
->setInvalidDecl();
5123 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
5124 // passed by reference.
5125 if (T
->isObjCObjectType()) {
5127 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value
) << 1 << T
;
5128 New
->setInvalidDecl();
5131 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
5132 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
5133 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
5134 // an address space.
5135 if (T
.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5136 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_arg_with_address_space
);
5137 New
->setInvalidDecl();
5143 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
,
5144 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls
) {
5145 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo
&FTI
= D
.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5147 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
5148 // for a K&R function.
5149 if (!FTI
.hasPrototype
) {
5150 for (int i
= FTI
.NumArgs
; i
!= 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
5152 if (FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Param
== 0) {
5153 llvm::SmallString
<256> Code
;
5154 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code
) << " int "
5155 << FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Ident
->getName()
5157 Diag(FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].IdentLoc
, diag::ext_param_not_declared
)
5158 << FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Ident
5159 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls
, Code
.str());
5161 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
5164 const char* PrevSpec
; // unused
5165 unsigned DiagID
; // unused
5166 DS
.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int
, FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].IdentLoc
,
5168 Declarator
ParamD(DS
, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext
);
5169 ParamD
.SetIdentifier(FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Ident
, FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].IdentLoc
);
5170 FTI
.ArgInfo
[i
].Param
= ActOnParamDeclarator(S
, ParamD
);
5176 Decl
*Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope
*FnBodyScope
,
5178 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
5179 assert(D
.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
5180 Scope
*ParentScope
= FnBodyScope
->getParent();
5182 Decl
*DP
= HandleDeclarator(ParentScope
, D
,
5183 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this),
5184 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true);
5185 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope
, DP
);
5188 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl
*FD
) {
5189 // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
5190 if (FD
->isInvalidDecl())
5193 // Or declarations that aren't global.
5194 if (!FD
->isGlobal())
5197 // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
5198 if (isa
<CXXMethodDecl
>(FD
))
5201 // Don't warn about 'main'.
5205 // Don't warn about inline functions.
5206 if (FD
->isInlineSpecified())
5209 // Don't warn about function templates.
5210 if (FD
->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
5213 // Don't warn about function template specializations.
5214 if (FD
->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
5217 bool MissingPrototype
= true;
5218 for (const FunctionDecl
*Prev
= FD
->getPreviousDeclaration();
5219 Prev
; Prev
= Prev
->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
5220 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
5221 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
5222 if (Prev
->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
5225 MissingPrototype
= !Prev
->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
5229 return MissingPrototype
;
5232 Decl
*Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope
*FnBodyScope
, Decl
*D
) {
5233 // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
5234 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext
= ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
5238 FunctionDecl
*FD
= 0;
5240 if (FunctionTemplateDecl
*FunTmpl
= dyn_cast
<FunctionTemplateDecl
>(D
))
5241 FD
= FunTmpl
->getTemplatedDecl();
5243 FD
= cast
<FunctionDecl
>(D
);
5245 // Enter a new function scope
5246 PushFunctionScope();
5248 // See if this is a redefinition.
5249 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
5250 // was an extern inline function.
5251 const FunctionDecl
*Definition
;
5252 if (FD
->hasBody(Definition
) &&
5253 !canRedefineFunction(Definition
, getLangOptions())) {
5254 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode
&& Definition
->isInlineSpecified() &&
5255 Definition
->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern
)
5256 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline
)
5257 << FD
->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
;
5259 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition
) << FD
->getDeclName();
5260 Diag(Definition
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
5263 // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
5264 if (unsigned BuiltinID
= FD
->getBuiltinID()) {
5265 if (!Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID
)) {
5266 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition
) << FD
;
5267 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
5271 // The return type of a function definition must be complete
5272 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
5273 QualType ResultType
= FD
->getResultType();
5274 if (!ResultType
->isDependentType() && !ResultType
->isVoidType() &&
5275 !FD
->isInvalidDecl() &&
5276 RequireCompleteType(FD
->getLocation(), ResultType
,
5277 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result
))
5278 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
5280 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
5281 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
5282 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
5283 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
5284 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
5285 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD
))
5286 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype
) << FD
;
5289 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope
, FD
);
5291 // Check the validity of our function parameters
5292 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD
->param_begin(), FD
->param_end(),
5293 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
5295 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
5296 for (unsigned p
= 0, NumParams
= FD
->getNumParams(); p
< NumParams
; ++p
) {
5297 ParmVarDecl
*Param
= FD
->getParamDecl(p
);
5298 Param
->setOwningFunction(FD
);
5300 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5301 if (Param
->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope
) {
5302 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope
, Param
);
5304 PushOnScopeChains(Param
, FnBodyScope
);
5308 // Checking attributes of current function definition
5309 // dllimport attribute.
5310 DLLImportAttr
*DA
= FD
->getAttr
<DLLImportAttr
>();
5311 if (DA
&& (!FD
->getAttr
<DLLExportAttr
>())) {
5312 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
5313 if (!DA
->isInherited()) {
5314 Diag(FD
->getLocation(),
5315 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration
)
5317 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
5321 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
5322 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
5323 if (!LangOpts
.Microsoft
) {
5324 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
5325 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
5327 Diag(FD
->getLocation(),
5328 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored
)
5329 << FD
->getName() << "dllimport";
5335 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
5336 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
5339 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
5340 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
5341 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
5342 /// use the named return value optimization.
5344 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
5345 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
5346 /// the NRVO variable.
5348 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
5349 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
5350 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
5351 static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt
*Body
, FunctionScopeInfo
*Scope
) {
5352 ReturnStmt
**Returns
= Scope
->Returns
.data();
5354 const VarDecl
*NRVOCandidate
= 0;
5355 for (unsigned I
= 0, E
= Scope
->Returns
.size(); I
!= E
; ++I
) {
5356 if (!Returns
[I
]->getNRVOCandidate())
5360 NRVOCandidate
= Returns
[I
]->getNRVOCandidate();
5361 else if (NRVOCandidate
!= Returns
[I
]->getNRVOCandidate())
5366 const_cast<VarDecl
*>(NRVOCandidate
)->setNRVOVariable(true);
5369 Decl
*Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl
*D
, Stmt
*BodyArg
) {
5370 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D
, move(BodyArg
), false);
5373 Decl
*Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl
*dcl
, Stmt
*Body
,
5374 bool IsInstantiation
) {
5375 FunctionDecl
*FD
= 0;
5376 FunctionTemplateDecl
*FunTmpl
= dyn_cast_or_null
<FunctionTemplateDecl
>(dcl
);
5378 FD
= FunTmpl
->getTemplatedDecl();
5380 FD
= dyn_cast_or_null
<FunctionDecl
>(dcl
);
5382 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP
= AnalysisWarnings
.getDefaultPolicy();
5387 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0.
5388 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
5389 FD
->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
5390 WP
.disableCheckFallThrough();
5393 if (!FD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
5394 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD
->param_begin(), FD
->param_end());
5395 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD
->param_begin(), FD
->param_end(),
5396 FD
->getResultType(), FD
);
5398 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
5399 if (CXXConstructorDecl
*Constructor
= dyn_cast
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(FD
))
5400 MarkVTableUsed(FD
->getLocation(), Constructor
->getParent());
5402 ComputeNRVO(Body
, getCurFunction());
5405 assert(FD
== getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused");
5406 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl
*MD
= dyn_cast_or_null
<ObjCMethodDecl
>(dcl
)) {
5407 assert(MD
== getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
5410 MD
->setEndLoc(Body
->getLocEnd());
5411 if (!MD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
5412 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD
->param_begin(), MD
->param_end());
5413 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD
->param_begin(), MD
->param_end(),
5414 MD
->getResultType(), MD
);
5420 // Verify and clean out per-function state.
5422 // Check goto/label use.
5423 FunctionScopeInfo
*CurFn
= getCurFunction();
5424 for (llvm::DenseMap
<IdentifierInfo
*, LabelStmt
*>::iterator
5425 I
= CurFn
->LabelMap
.begin(), E
= CurFn
->LabelMap
.end(); I
!= E
; ++I
) {
5426 LabelStmt
*L
= I
->second
;
5428 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto
5429 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd
5430 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
5431 if (L
->getSubStmt() != 0) {
5433 Diag(L
->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label
) << L
->getName();
5438 Diag(L
->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use
) << L
->getName();
5440 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into
5441 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well
5444 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly.
5448 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the
5449 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto
5450 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the
5453 // Give the label a sub-statement.
5454 L
->setSubStmt(new (Context
) NullStmt(L
->getIdentLoc()));
5456 CompoundStmt
*Compound
= isa
<CXXTryStmt
>(Body
) ?
5457 cast
<CXXTryStmt
>(Body
)->getTryBlock() :
5458 cast
<CompoundStmt
>(Body
);
5459 llvm::SmallVector
<Stmt
*, 64> Elements(Compound
->body_begin(),
5460 Compound
->body_end());
5461 Elements
.push_back(L
);
5462 Compound
->setStmts(Context
, Elements
.data(), Elements
.size());
5466 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
5467 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
5469 if (FD
&& isa
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(FD
) && isa
<CXXTryStmt
>(Body
))
5470 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast
<CXXTryStmt
>(Body
));
5472 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
5473 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
5474 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
5475 !dcl
->isInvalidDecl() &&
5476 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction())
5477 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body
);
5479 if (CXXDestructorDecl
*Destructor
= dyn_cast
<CXXDestructorDecl
>(dcl
)) {
5480 if (!Destructor
->getParent()->isDependentType())
5481 CheckDestructor(Destructor
);
5483 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor
->getLocation(),
5484 Destructor
->getParent());
5487 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
5488 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
5489 // deletion in some later function.
5490 if (PP
.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred())
5491 ExprTemporaries
.clear();
5492 else if (!isa
<FunctionTemplateDecl
>(dcl
)) {
5493 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
5495 QualType ResultType
;
5496 if (const FunctionDecl
*FD
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(dcl
)) {
5497 AnalysisWarnings
.IssueWarnings(WP
, FD
);
5499 ObjCMethodDecl
*MD
= cast
<ObjCMethodDecl
>(dcl
);
5500 AnalysisWarnings
.IssueWarnings(WP
, MD
);
5504 assert(ExprTemporaries
.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
5507 if (!IsInstantiation
)
5510 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
5512 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
5513 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
5514 // deletion in some later function.
5515 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred())
5516 ExprTemporaries
.clear();
5521 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
5522 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
5523 NamedDecl
*Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc
,
5524 IdentifierInfo
&II
, Scope
*S
) {
5525 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
5526 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
5527 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
5528 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
5529 llvm::DenseMap
<DeclarationName
, NamedDecl
*>::iterator Pos
5530 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.find(&II
);
5531 if (Pos
!= LocallyScopedExternalDecls
.end()) {
5532 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration
) << Pos
->second
;
5533 Diag(Pos
->second
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
5537 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it.
5538 if (II
.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
5539 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_builtin_unknown
) << &II
;
5540 else if (getLangOptions().C99
)
5541 Diag(Loc
, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl
) << &II
;
5543 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl
) << &II
;
5545 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
5549 bool Error
= DS
.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int
, Loc
, Dummy
, DiagID
);
5550 (void)Error
; // Silence warning.
5551 assert(!Error
&& "Error setting up implicit decl!");
5552 Declarator
D(DS
, Declarator::BlockContext
);
5553 D
.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(ParsedAttributes(),
5554 false, false, SourceLocation(), 0,
5555 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(),
5556 false, SourceLocation(),
5557 false, 0,0,0, Loc
, Loc
, D
),
5559 D
.SetIdentifier(&II
, Loc
);
5561 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
5563 DeclContext
*PrevDC
= CurContext
;
5564 CurContext
= Context
.getTranslationUnitDecl();
5566 FunctionDecl
*FD
= dyn_cast
<FunctionDecl
>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope
, D
));
5569 CurContext
= PrevDC
;
5571 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD
);
5576 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
5577 /// the declaration of this function.
5579 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
5580 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
5581 /// like NSLog or printf.
5582 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl
*FD
) {
5583 if (FD
->isInvalidDecl())
5586 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
5587 // actual attributes.
5588 if (unsigned BuiltinID
= FD
->getBuiltinID()) {
5589 // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
5592 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID
, FormatIdx
, HasVAListArg
)) {
5593 if (!FD
->getAttr
<FormatAttr
>())
5594 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) FormatAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
,
5595 "printf", FormatIdx
+1,
5596 HasVAListArg
? 0 : FormatIdx
+2));
5598 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isScanfLike(BuiltinID
, FormatIdx
,
5600 if (!FD
->getAttr
<FormatAttr
>())
5601 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) FormatAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
,
5602 "scanf", FormatIdx
+1,
5603 HasVAListArg
? 0 : FormatIdx
+2));
5606 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
5607 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
5608 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
5609 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno
&&
5610 Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID
)) {
5611 if (!FD
->getAttr
<ConstAttr
>())
5612 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) ConstAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
));
5615 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isNoThrow(BuiltinID
))
5616 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) NoThrowAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
));
5617 if (Context
.BuiltinInfo
.isConst(BuiltinID
))
5618 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) ConstAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
));
5621 IdentifierInfo
*Name
= FD
->getIdentifier();
5624 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
5625 FD
->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
5626 (isa
<LinkageSpecDecl
>(FD
->getDeclContext()) &&
5627 cast
<LinkageSpecDecl
>(FD
->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
5628 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c
)) {
5629 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
5634 if (Name
->isStr("NSLog") || Name
->isStr("NSLogv")) {
5635 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific
5636 if (const FormatAttr
*Format
= FD
->getAttr
<FormatAttr
>()) {
5637 // FIXME: We known better than our headers.
5638 const_cast<FormatAttr
*>(Format
)->setType(Context
, "printf");
5640 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) FormatAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
,
5642 Name
->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2));
5643 } else if (Name
->isStr("asprintf") || Name
->isStr("vasprintf")) {
5644 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
5645 // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
5646 if (!FD
->getAttr
<FormatAttr
>())
5647 FD
->addAttr(::new (Context
) FormatAttr(FD
->getLocation(), Context
,
5649 Name
->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
5653 TypedefDecl
*Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope
*S
, Declarator
&D
, QualType T
,
5654 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
) {
5655 assert(D
.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
5656 assert(!T
.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
5659 assert(D
.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
5660 TInfo
= Context
.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T
);
5663 // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
5664 TypedefDecl
*NewTD
= TypedefDecl::Create(Context
, CurContext
,
5665 D
.getIdentifierLoc(),
5669 if (const TagType
*TT
= T
->getAs
<TagType
>()) {
5670 TagDecl
*TD
= TT
->getDecl();
5672 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl
5673 // keep track of the TypedefDecl.
5674 if (!TD
->getIdentifier() && !TD
->getTypedefForAnonDecl())
5675 TD
->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD
);
5678 if (D
.isInvalidType())
5679 NewTD
->setInvalidDecl();
5684 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
5685 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
5687 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
5688 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl
*Previous
,
5690 SourceLocation NewTagLoc
,
5691 const IdentifierInfo
&Name
) {
5692 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
5693 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the
5694 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
5695 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
5696 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of
5697 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
5698 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
5699 // definition of the class. Thus, in any
5700 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
5701 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
5702 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
5703 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
5704 // declared using the class or struct class-key.
5705 TagTypeKind OldTag
= Previous
->getTagKind();
5706 if (OldTag
== NewTag
)
5709 if ((OldTag
== TTK_Struct
|| OldTag
== TTK_Class
) &&
5710 (NewTag
== TTK_Struct
|| NewTag
== TTK_Class
)) {
5711 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
5712 bool isTemplate
= false;
5713 if (const CXXRecordDecl
*Record
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Previous
))
5714 isTemplate
= Record
->getDescribedClassTemplate();
5716 Diag(NewTagLoc
, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch
)
5717 << (NewTag
== TTK_Class
)
5718 << isTemplate
<< &Name
5719 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc
),
5720 OldTag
== TTK_Class
? "class" : "struct");
5721 Diag(Previous
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use
);
5727 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the
5728 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null.
5729 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
5730 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
5731 Decl
*Sema::ActOnTag(Scope
*S
, unsigned TagSpec
, TagUseKind TUK
,
5732 SourceLocation KWLoc
, CXXScopeSpec
&SS
,
5733 IdentifierInfo
*Name
, SourceLocation NameLoc
,
5734 AttributeList
*Attr
, AccessSpecifier AS
,
5735 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists
,
5736 bool &OwnedDecl
, bool &IsDependent
,
5737 bool ScopedEnum
, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag
,
5738 TypeResult UnderlyingType
) {
5739 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
5740 assert((Name
!= 0 || TUK
== TUK_Definition
) &&
5741 "Nameless record must be a definition!");
5742 assert(TemplateParameterLists
.size() == 0 || TUK
!= TUK_Reference
);
5745 TagTypeKind Kind
= TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec
);
5747 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
5748 bool isExplicitSpecialization
= false;
5749 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
= TemplateParameterLists
.size();
5750 bool Invalid
= false;
5752 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
5753 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
5754 // for non-C++ cases.
5755 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
||
5756 (SS
.isNotEmpty() && TUK
!= TUK_Reference
)) {
5757 if (TemplateParameterList
*TemplateParams
5758 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc
, SS
,
5759 TemplateParameterLists
.get(),
5760 TemplateParameterLists
.size(),
5762 isExplicitSpecialization
,
5764 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching.
5765 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
;
5767 if (TemplateParams
->size() > 0) {
5768 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
5769 // be a member of another template).
5774 DeclResult Result
= CheckClassTemplate(S
, TagSpec
, TUK
, KWLoc
,
5775 SS
, Name
, NameLoc
, Attr
,
5778 TemplateParameterLists
.release();
5779 return Result
.get();
5781 // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
5782 Diag(TemplateParams
->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams
)
5783 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind
) << Name
;
5784 isExplicitSpecialization
= true;
5789 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
5790 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
5792 llvm::PointerUnion
<const Type
*, TypeSourceInfo
*> EnumUnderlying
;
5794 if (Kind
== TTK_Enum
) {
5795 if (UnderlyingType
.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType
.get() && ScopedEnum
))
5796 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
5797 // type, default to int.
5798 EnumUnderlying
= Context
.IntTy
.getTypePtr();
5799 else if (UnderlyingType
.get()) {
5800 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
5801 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
5802 TypeSourceInfo
*TI
= 0;
5803 QualType T
= GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType
.get(), &TI
);
5804 EnumUnderlying
= TI
;
5806 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc
= TI
->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
5808 if (!T
->isDependentType() && !T
->isIntegralType(Context
)) {
5809 Diag(UnderlyingLoc
, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying
)
5811 // Recover by falling back to int.
5812 EnumUnderlying
= Context
.IntTy
.getTypePtr();
5815 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc
, TI
,
5816 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType
))
5817 EnumUnderlying
= Context
.IntTy
.getTypePtr();
5819 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
)
5820 // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
5821 EnumUnderlying
= Context
.IntTy
.getTypePtr();
5824 DeclContext
*SearchDC
= CurContext
;
5825 DeclContext
*DC
= CurContext
;
5826 bool isStdBadAlloc
= false;
5828 RedeclarationKind Redecl
= ForRedeclaration
;
5829 if (TUK
== TUK_Friend
|| TUK
== TUK_Reference
)
5830 Redecl
= NotForRedeclaration
;
5832 LookupResult
Previous(*this, Name
, NameLoc
, LookupTagName
, Redecl
);
5834 if (Name
&& SS
.isNotEmpty()) {
5835 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
5837 // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
5838 if (SS
.isInvalid()) {
5843 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
5844 // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
5845 if (TUK
== TUK_Friend
|| TUK
== TUK_Reference
) {
5846 DC
= computeDeclContext(SS
, false);
5852 DC
= computeDeclContext(SS
, true);
5854 Diag(SS
.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec
)
5860 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS
, DC
))
5864 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
5865 LookupQualifiedName(Previous
, DC
);
5867 if (Previous
.isAmbiguous())
5870 if (Previous
.empty()) {
5871 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
5872 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
5873 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
5874 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
5875 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
5876 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
5877 if (Previous
.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
5878 (TUK
== TUK_Reference
|| TUK
== TUK_Friend
)) {
5883 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
5884 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope
)
5885 << Kind
<< Name
<< DC
<< SS
.getRange();
5891 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
5892 // declaration or definition.
5893 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
5894 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
5895 // shouldn't be diagnosing.
5896 LookupName(Previous
, S
);
5898 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
5899 if (Previous
.isAmbiguous())
5902 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& TUK
!= TUK_Reference
) {
5903 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
5904 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
5905 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
5906 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
5907 while (isa
<RecordDecl
>(SearchDC
) || isa
<EnumDecl
>(SearchDC
))
5908 SearchDC
= SearchDC
->getParent();
5910 } else if (S
->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
5911 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
5912 // initial context to the translation unit.
5913 SearchDC
= Context
.getTranslationUnitDecl();
5916 if (Previous
.isSingleResult() &&
5917 Previous
.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5918 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5919 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc
, Previous
.getFoundDecl());
5920 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5924 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& Name
&& DC
&& StdNamespace
&&
5925 DC
->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name
->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
5926 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
5927 isStdBadAlloc
= true;
5929 if (Previous
.empty() && StdBadAlloc
) {
5930 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
5931 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
5932 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
5933 Previous
.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
5937 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
5938 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we
5939 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
5940 // there's a shadow friend decl.
5941 if (Name
&& Previous
.empty() &&
5942 (TUK
== TUK_Reference
|| TUK
== TUK_Friend
)) {
5943 if (Invalid
) goto CreateNewDecl
;
5944 assert(SS
.isEmpty());
5946 if (TUK
== TUK_Reference
) {
5947 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
5948 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
5950 // class-key identifier
5952 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
5953 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
5954 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
5955 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
5956 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
5957 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
5958 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
5961 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
5962 // C structs and unions.
5964 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
5965 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll
5966 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
5967 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
5969 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
5970 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
5972 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
5973 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
5975 while (SearchDC
->isRecord() || SearchDC
->isTransparentContext())
5976 SearchDC
= SearchDC
->getParent();
5978 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
5979 while (S
->isClassScope() ||
5980 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
5981 S
->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
5982 ((S
->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope
) == 0) ||
5984 ((DeclContext
*)S
->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
5987 assert(TUK
== TUK_Friend
);
5988 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
5989 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
5990 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
5991 // the innermost enclosing namespace.
5992 SearchDC
= SearchDC
->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5995 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
5996 // diagnose some problems.
5997 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
5998 Previous
.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration
);
5999 LookupQualifiedName(Previous
, SearchDC
);
6003 if (!Previous
.empty()) {
6004 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= (*Previous
.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
6006 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
6007 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this
6008 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
6011 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
6012 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
6013 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
6014 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
6015 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
6016 if (TypedefDecl
*TD
= dyn_cast
<TypedefDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) {
6017 if (const TagType
*TT
= TD
->getUnderlyingType()->getAs
<TagType
>()) {
6018 TagDecl
*Tag
= TT
->getDecl();
6019 if (Tag
->getDeclName() == Name
&&
6020 Tag
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
6021 ->Equals(TD
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
6024 Previous
.addDecl(Tag
);
6025 Previous
.resolveKind();
6031 if (TagDecl
*PrevTagDecl
= dyn_cast
<TagDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) {
6032 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
6033 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
6034 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
6035 if (TUK
== TUK_Reference
|| TUK
== TUK_Friend
||
6036 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, SearchDC
, S
)) {
6037 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
6038 // struct or something similar.
6039 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl
, Kind
, KWLoc
, *Name
)) {
6041 = (PrevTagDecl
->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum
&&
6044 Diag(KWLoc
, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag
)
6046 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc
),
6047 PrevTagDecl
->getKindName());
6049 Diag(KWLoc
, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag
) << Name
;
6050 Diag(PrevTagDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use
);
6053 Kind
= PrevTagDecl
->getTagKind();
6055 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
6062 if (Kind
== TTK_Enum
&& PrevTagDecl
->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum
) {
6063 const EnumDecl
*PrevEnum
= cast
<EnumDecl
>(PrevTagDecl
);
6065 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
6066 // returning the previous declaration.
6067 if (ScopedEnum
!= PrevEnum
->isScoped()) {
6068 Diag(KWLoc
, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch
)
6069 << PrevEnum
->isScoped();
6070 Diag(PrevTagDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use
);
6073 else if (EnumUnderlying
&& PrevEnum
->isFixed()) {
6075 if (TypeSourceInfo
*TI
= EnumUnderlying
.dyn_cast
<TypeSourceInfo
*>())
6078 T
= QualType(EnumUnderlying
.get
<const Type
*>(), 0);
6080 if (!Context
.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T
, PrevEnum
->getIntegerType())) {
6081 Diag(NameLoc
.isValid() ? NameLoc
: KWLoc
,
6082 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch
)
6084 << PrevEnum
->getIntegerType();
6085 Diag(PrevTagDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use
);
6089 else if (!EnumUnderlying
.isNull() != PrevEnum
->isFixed()) {
6090 Diag(KWLoc
, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch
)
6091 << PrevEnum
->isFixed();
6092 Diag(PrevTagDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use
);
6098 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
6100 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
6101 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
6102 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
6103 // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
6104 if ((TUK
== TUK_Reference
&& !PrevTagDecl
->getFriendObjectKind()) ||
6108 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
6109 if (TUK
== TUK_Definition
) {
6110 if (TagDecl
*Def
= PrevTagDecl
->getDefinition()) {
6111 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
6112 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
6113 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
6114 if (!isExplicitSpecialization
||
6115 !isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Def
) ||
6116 cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Def
)->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6117 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization
) {
6118 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_redefinition
) << Name
;
6119 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
6120 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
6121 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
6122 // references get the previous definition.
6128 // If the type is currently being defined, complain
6129 // about a nested redefinition.
6131 = cast
<TagType
>(Context
.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl
));
6132 if (Tag
->isBeingDefined()) {
6133 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_nested_redefinition
) << Name
;
6134 Diag(PrevTagDecl
->getLocation(),
6135 diag::note_previous_definition
);
6142 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
6143 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
6146 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
6147 // have a definition. Just create a new decl.
6150 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
6151 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
6152 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
6153 // have distinct types.
6156 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
6157 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
6158 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
6161 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
6162 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
6163 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
6165 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
);
6167 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
6168 // found the wrong kind of type on the first
6169 // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
6170 if ((TUK
== TUK_Reference
|| TUK
== TUK_Friend
) &&
6171 !Previous
.isForRedeclaration()) {
6173 if (isa
<TypedefDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) Kind
= 1;
6174 else if (isa
<ClassTemplateDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) Kind
= 2;
6175 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag
) << Kind
;
6176 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at
);
6179 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
6180 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, SearchDC
, S
)) {
6183 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
6184 } else if (TUK
== TUK_Reference
|| TUK
== TUK_Friend
) {
6186 if (isa
<TypedefDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) Kind
= 1;
6187 else if (isa
<ClassTemplateDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) Kind
= 2;
6188 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict
) << Kind
;
6189 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl
) << PrevDecl
;
6192 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common
6194 } else if (isa
<TypedefDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) {
6195 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef
)
6197 << cast
<TypedefDecl
>(PrevDecl
)->getUnderlyingType();
6198 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl
) << PrevDecl
;
6201 // Otherwise, diagnose.
6203 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
6204 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
6205 Diag(NameLoc
, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind
) << Name
;
6206 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
6211 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
6212 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
6219 TagDecl
*PrevDecl
= 0;
6220 if (Previous
.isSingleResult())
6221 PrevDecl
= cast
<TagDecl
>(Previous
.getFoundDecl());
6223 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
6224 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
6226 SourceLocation Loc
= NameLoc
.isValid() ? NameLoc
: KWLoc
;
6228 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
6229 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
6233 bool IsForwardReference
= false;
6234 if (Kind
== TTK_Enum
) {
6235 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
6236 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X.
6237 New
= EnumDecl::Create(Context
, SearchDC
, Loc
, Name
, KWLoc
,
6238 cast_or_null
<EnumDecl
>(PrevDecl
), ScopedEnum
,
6239 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag
, !EnumUnderlying
.isNull());
6240 // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
6241 if (TUK
!= TUK_Definition
&& !Invalid
) {
6243 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x
&& cast
<EnumDecl
>(New
)->isFixed()) {
6244 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
6245 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
6247 else if (PrevDecl
&& (Def
= cast
<EnumDecl
>(PrevDecl
)->getDefinition())) {
6248 Diag(Loc
, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def
)
6250 Diag(Def
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
6252 unsigned DiagID
= diag::ext_forward_ref_enum
;
6253 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
)
6254 DiagID
= diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum
;
6255 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
6256 DiagID
= diag::err_forward_ref_enum
;
6259 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
6260 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
6261 // the declaration context.
6262 if (TUK
== TUK_Reference
)
6263 IsForwardReference
= true;
6267 if (EnumUnderlying
) {
6268 EnumDecl
*ED
= cast
<EnumDecl
>(New
);
6269 if (TypeSourceInfo
*TI
= EnumUnderlying
.dyn_cast
<TypeSourceInfo
*>())
6270 ED
->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI
);
6272 ED
->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying
.get
<const Type
*>(), 0));
6273 ED
->setPromotionType(ED
->getIntegerType());
6277 // struct/union/class
6279 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
6280 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X.
6281 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
6282 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
6283 New
= CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context
, Kind
, SearchDC
, Loc
, Name
, KWLoc
,
6284 cast_or_null
<CXXRecordDecl
>(PrevDecl
));
6286 if (isStdBadAlloc
&& (!StdBadAlloc
|| getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
6287 StdBadAlloc
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(New
);
6289 New
= RecordDecl::Create(Context
, Kind
, SearchDC
, Loc
, Name
, KWLoc
,
6290 cast_or_null
<RecordDecl
>(PrevDecl
));
6293 // Maybe add qualifier info.
6294 if (SS
.isNotEmpty()) {
6296 NestedNameSpecifier
*NNS
6297 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier
*>(SS
.getScopeRep());
6298 New
->setQualifierInfo(NNS
, SS
.getRange());
6299 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
> 0) {
6300 New
->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context
,
6301 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists
,
6302 (TemplateParameterList
**) TemplateParameterLists
.release());
6309 if (RecordDecl
*RD
= dyn_cast
<RecordDecl
>(New
)) {
6310 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
6311 // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
6313 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
6314 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
6315 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
6316 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
6317 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
6318 // parsing of the struct).
6319 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD
);
6322 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
6323 // check the specialization.
6324 if (isExplicitSpecialization
&& CheckMemberSpecialization(New
, Previous
))
6328 New
->setInvalidDecl();
6331 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S
, New
, Attr
);
6333 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
6334 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
6335 if (Name
&& S
->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
6336 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list
) << Context
.getTagDeclType(New
);
6338 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
6339 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6340 New
->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext
);
6342 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
6343 if (TUK
== TUK_Friend
)
6344 New
->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous
.empty());
6346 // Set the access specifier.
6347 if (!Invalid
&& SearchDC
->isRecord())
6348 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New
, PrevDecl
, AS
);
6350 if (TUK
== TUK_Definition
)
6351 New
->startDefinition();
6353 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
6354 if (TUK
== TUK_Friend
) {
6355 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
6356 // if so, borrow its access specifier.
6358 New
->setAccess(PrevDecl
->getAccess());
6360 DeclContext
*DC
= New
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6361 DC
->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New
, /* Recoverable = */ false);
6362 if (Name
) // can be null along some error paths
6363 if (Scope
*EnclosingScope
= getScopeForDeclContext(S
, DC
))
6364 PushOnScopeChains(New
, EnclosingScope
, /* AddToContext = */ false);
6366 S
= getNonFieldDeclScope(S
);
6367 PushOnScopeChains(New
, S
, !IsForwardReference
);
6368 if (IsForwardReference
)
6369 SearchDC
->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New
, /* Recoverable = */ false);
6372 CurContext
->addDecl(New
);
6375 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
6376 if (IdentifierInfo
*II
= New
->getIdentifier())
6377 if (!New
->isInvalidDecl() &&
6378 New
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
6380 Context
.setFILEDecl(New
);
6386 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope
*S
, Decl
*TagD
) {
6387 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD
);
6388 TagDecl
*Tag
= cast
<TagDecl
>(TagD
);
6390 // Enter the tag context.
6391 PushDeclContext(S
, Tag
);
6394 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope
*S
, Decl
*TagD
,
6395 ClassVirtSpecifiers
&CVS
,
6396 SourceLocation LBraceLoc
) {
6397 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD
);
6398 CXXRecordDecl
*Record
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(TagD
);
6400 FieldCollector
->StartClass();
6402 if (!Record
->getIdentifier())
6405 if (CVS
.isFinalSpecified())
6406 Record
->addAttr(new (Context
) FinalAttr(CVS
.getFinalLoc(), Context
));
6407 if (CVS
.isExplicitSpecified())
6408 Record
->addAttr(new (Context
) ExplicitAttr(CVS
.getExplicitLoc(), Context
));
6411 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
6412 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
6413 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
6414 // as if it were a public member name.
6415 CXXRecordDecl
*InjectedClassName
6416 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context
, Record
->getTagKind(),
6417 CurContext
, Record
->getLocation(),
6418 Record
->getIdentifier(),
6419 Record
->getTagKeywordLoc(),
6421 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
6422 Context
.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName
, Record
);
6423 InjectedClassName
->setImplicit();
6424 InjectedClassName
->setAccess(AS_public
);
6425 if (ClassTemplateDecl
*Template
= Record
->getDescribedClassTemplate())
6426 InjectedClassName
->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template
);
6427 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName
, S
);
6428 assert(InjectedClassName
->isInjectedClassName() &&
6429 "Broken injected-class-name");
6432 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope
*S
, Decl
*TagD
,
6433 SourceLocation RBraceLoc
) {
6434 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD
);
6435 TagDecl
*Tag
= cast
<TagDecl
>(TagD
);
6436 Tag
->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc
);
6438 if (isa
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Tag
))
6439 FieldCollector
->FinishClass();
6441 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
6444 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
6445 Consumer
.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag
);
6448 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope
*S
, Decl
*TagD
) {
6449 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD
);
6450 TagDecl
*Tag
= cast
<TagDecl
>(TagD
);
6451 Tag
->setInvalidDecl();
6453 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
6454 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
6455 // the FieldCollector.
6460 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
6461 bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc
, IdentifierInfo
*FieldName
,
6462 QualType FieldTy
, const Expr
*BitWidth
,
6464 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
6468 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
6469 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
6470 if (!FieldTy
->isDependentType() && !FieldTy
->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6471 // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
6472 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc
, FieldTy
, diag::err_field_incomplete
))
6475 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield
)
6476 << FieldName
<< FieldTy
<< BitWidth
->getSourceRange();
6477 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield
)
6478 << FieldTy
<< BitWidth
->getSourceRange();
6479 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr
*>(BitWidth
),
6480 UPPC_BitFieldWidth
))
6483 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
6485 if (BitWidth
->isValueDependent() || BitWidth
->isTypeDependent())
6489 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth
, &Value
))
6492 if (Value
!= 0 && ZeroWidth
)
6495 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
6496 if (Value
== 0 && FieldName
)
6497 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width
) << FieldName
;
6499 if (Value
.isSigned() && Value
.isNegative()) {
6501 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width
)
6502 << FieldName
<< Value
.toString(10);
6503 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width
)
6504 << Value
.toString(10);
6507 if (!FieldTy
->isDependentType()) {
6508 uint64_t TypeSize
= Context
.getTypeSize(FieldTy
);
6509 if (Value
.getZExtValue() > TypeSize
) {
6510 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
6512 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size
)
6513 << FieldName
<< (unsigned)Value
.getZExtValue()
6514 << (unsigned)TypeSize
;
6516 return Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size
)
6517 << (unsigned)Value
.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize
;
6521 Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size
)
6522 << FieldName
<< (unsigned)Value
.getZExtValue()
6523 << (unsigned)TypeSize
;
6525 Diag(FieldLoc
, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size
)
6526 << (unsigned)Value
.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize
;
6533 /// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order
6534 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
6535 Decl
*Sema::ActOnField(Scope
*S
, Decl
*TagD
,
6536 SourceLocation DeclStart
,
6537 Declarator
&D
, ExprTy
*BitfieldWidth
) {
6538 FieldDecl
*Res
= HandleField(S
, cast_or_null
<RecordDecl
>(TagD
),
6539 DeclStart
, D
, static_cast<Expr
*>(BitfieldWidth
),
6544 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
6546 FieldDecl
*Sema::HandleField(Scope
*S
, RecordDecl
*Record
,
6547 SourceLocation DeclStart
,
6548 Declarator
&D
, Expr
*BitWidth
,
6549 AccessSpecifier AS
) {
6550 IdentifierInfo
*II
= D
.getIdentifier();
6551 SourceLocation Loc
= DeclStart
;
6552 if (II
) Loc
= D
.getIdentifierLoc();
6554 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(D
, S
);
6555 QualType T
= TInfo
->getType();
6556 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
6557 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D
);
6559 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo
,
6560 UPPC_DataMemberType
)) {
6563 TInfo
= Context
.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T
, Loc
);
6567 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D
);
6569 if (D
.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
6570 Diag(D
.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread
);
6572 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
6573 LookupResult
Previous(*this, II
, Loc
, LookupMemberName
, ForRedeclaration
);
6574 LookupName(Previous
, S
);
6575 assert((Previous
.empty() || Previous
.isOverloadedResult() ||
6576 Previous
.isSingleResult())
6577 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null");
6579 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result
6580 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= Previous
.isOverloadedResult() ?
6581 Previous
.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous
.getAsSingle
<NamedDecl
>();
6583 if (PrevDecl
&& PrevDecl
->isTemplateParameter()) {
6584 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
6585 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D
.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl
);
6586 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
6590 if (PrevDecl
&& !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, Record
, S
))
6594 = (D
.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable
);
6595 SourceLocation TSSL
= D
.getSourceRange().getBegin();
6597 = CheckFieldDecl(II
, T
, TInfo
, Record
, Loc
, Mutable
, BitWidth
, TSSL
,
6600 if (NewFD
->isInvalidDecl())
6601 Record
->setInvalidDecl();
6603 if (NewFD
->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl
) {
6604 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
6605 // with the same name in the same scope.
6607 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD
, S
);
6609 Record
->addDecl(NewFD
);
6614 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
6616 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
6617 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
6618 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
6621 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
6623 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
6624 FieldDecl
*Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name
, QualType T
,
6625 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
,
6626 RecordDecl
*Record
, SourceLocation Loc
,
6627 bool Mutable
, Expr
*BitWidth
,
6628 SourceLocation TSSL
,
6629 AccessSpecifier AS
, NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
,
6631 IdentifierInfo
*II
= Name
.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6632 bool InvalidDecl
= false;
6633 if (D
) InvalidDecl
= D
->isInvalidType();
6635 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
6636 // marking this declaration as invalid.
6642 QualType EltTy
= Context
.getBaseElementType(T
);
6643 if (!EltTy
->isDependentType() &&
6644 RequireCompleteType(Loc
, EltTy
, diag::err_field_incomplete
)) {
6645 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
6646 Record
->setInvalidDecl();
6650 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
6651 // than a variably modified type.
6652 if (!InvalidDecl
&& T
->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6653 bool SizeIsNegative
;
6654 llvm::APSInt Oversized
;
6655 QualType FixedTy
= TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T
, Context
,
6658 if (!FixedTy
.isNull()) {
6659 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size
);
6663 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size
);
6664 else if (Oversized
.getBoolValue())
6665 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_array_too_large
)
6666 << Oversized
.toString(10);
6668 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size
);
6673 // Fields can not have abstract class types
6674 if (!InvalidDecl
&& RequireNonAbstractType(Loc
, T
,
6675 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl
,
6679 bool ZeroWidth
= false;
6680 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
6681 if (!InvalidDecl
&& BitWidth
&&
6682 VerifyBitField(Loc
, II
, T
, BitWidth
, &ZeroWidth
)) {
6688 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
6689 if (!InvalidDecl
&& Mutable
) {
6690 unsigned DiagID
= 0;
6691 if (T
->isReferenceType())
6692 DiagID
= diag::err_mutable_reference
;
6693 else if (T
.isConstQualified())
6694 DiagID
= diag::err_mutable_const
;
6697 SourceLocation ErrLoc
= Loc
;
6698 if (D
&& D
->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
6699 ErrLoc
= D
->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
6700 Diag(ErrLoc
, DiagID
);
6706 FieldDecl
*NewFD
= FieldDecl::Create(Context
, Record
, Loc
, II
, T
, TInfo
,
6709 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
6711 if (PrevDecl
&& !isa
<TagDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) {
6712 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_duplicate_member
) << II
;
6713 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
6714 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
6717 if (!InvalidDecl
&& getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
6718 if (Record
->isUnion()) {
6719 if (const RecordType
*RT
= EltTy
->getAs
<RecordType
>()) {
6720 CXXRecordDecl
* RDecl
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(RT
->getDecl());
6721 if (RDecl
->getDefinition()) {
6722 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
6723 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
6724 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
6725 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
6727 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly.
6728 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD
))
6729 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
6733 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
6734 // the program is ill-formed.
6735 if (EltTy
->isReferenceType()) {
6736 Diag(NewFD
->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type
)
6737 << NewFD
->getDeclName() << EltTy
;
6738 NewFD
->setInvalidDecl();
6743 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
6744 // representation, not a parser representation.
6746 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
6747 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope
, NewFD
, *D
);
6749 if (T
.isObjCGCWeak())
6750 Diag(Loc
, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field
);
6752 NewFD
->setAccess(AS
);
6756 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl
*FD
) {
6758 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& "valid check only for C++");
6760 if (FD
->isInvalidDecl())
6763 QualType EltTy
= Context
.getBaseElementType(FD
->getType());
6764 if (const RecordType
*RT
= EltTy
->getAs
<RecordType
>()) {
6765 CXXRecordDecl
* RDecl
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(RT
->getDecl());
6766 if (RDecl
->getDefinition()) {
6767 // We check for copy constructors before constructors
6768 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
6769 // copy constructors.
6771 CXXSpecialMember member
= CXXInvalid
;
6772 if (!RDecl
->hasTrivialCopyConstructor())
6773 member
= CXXCopyConstructor
;
6774 else if (!RDecl
->hasTrivialConstructor())
6775 member
= CXXConstructor
;
6776 else if (!RDecl
->hasTrivialCopyAssignment())
6777 member
= CXXCopyAssignment
;
6778 else if (!RDecl
->hasTrivialDestructor())
6779 member
= CXXDestructor
;
6781 if (member
!= CXXInvalid
) {
6782 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member
)
6783 << (int)FD
->getParent()->isUnion() << FD
->getDeclName() << member
;
6784 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT
, member
);
6793 /// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial
6794 /// special member, figure out why.
6795 void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType
* T
, CXXSpecialMember member
) {
6797 CXXRecordDecl
* RD
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(T
->getDecl());
6799 // Check whether the member was user-declared.
6804 case CXXConstructor
:
6805 if (RD
->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) {
6806 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter
;
6807 for (ctor_iter ci
= RD
->ctor_begin(), ce
= RD
->ctor_end(); ci
!= ce
;++ci
){
6808 const FunctionDecl
*body
= 0;
6810 if (!body
|| !cast
<CXXConstructorDecl
>(body
)->isImplicitlyDefined()) {
6811 SourceLocation CtorLoc
= ci
->getLocation();
6812 Diag(CtorLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined
) << QT
<< member
;
6817 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors");
6822 case CXXCopyConstructor
:
6823 if (RD
->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) {
6824 SourceLocation CtorLoc
=
6825 RD
->getCopyConstructor(Context
, 0)->getLocation();
6826 Diag(CtorLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined
) << QT
<< member
;
6831 case CXXCopyAssignment
:
6832 if (RD
->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) {
6833 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy
6834 // assignment, not the type.
6835 SourceLocation TyLoc
= RD
->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6836 Diag(TyLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined
) << QT
<< member
;
6842 if (RD
->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
6843 SourceLocation DtorLoc
= LookupDestructor(RD
)->getLocation();
6844 Diag(DtorLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined
) << QT
<< member
;
6850 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter
;
6852 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction,
6853 // but not trivial destruction.
6854 if (member
!= CXXDestructor
) {
6855 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases,
6856 // so we just iterate through the direct bases.
6857 for (base_iter bi
= RD
->bases_begin(), be
= RD
->bases_end(); bi
!= be
; ++bi
)
6858 if (bi
->isVirtual()) {
6859 SourceLocation BaseLoc
= bi
->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6860 Diag(BaseLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual
) << QT
<< 1;
6864 // Check for virtual methods.
6865 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter
;
6866 for (meth_iter mi
= RD
->method_begin(), me
= RD
->method_end(); mi
!= me
;
6868 if (mi
->isVirtual()) {
6869 SourceLocation MLoc
= mi
->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6870 Diag(MLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual
) << QT
<< 0;
6876 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial
)() const;
6878 case CXXConstructor
:
6879 hasTrivial
= &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor
; break;
6880 case CXXCopyConstructor
:
6881 hasTrivial
= &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor
; break;
6882 case CXXCopyAssignment
:
6883 hasTrivial
= &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment
; break;
6885 hasTrivial
= &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor
; break;
6887 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return;
6890 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse).
6891 for (base_iter bi
= RD
->bases_begin(), be
= RD
->bases_end(); bi
!= be
; ++bi
) {
6892 const RecordType
*BaseRT
= bi
->getType()->getAs
<RecordType
>();
6893 assert(BaseRT
&& "Don't know how to handle dependent bases");
6894 CXXRecordDecl
*BaseRecTy
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(BaseRT
->getDecl());
6895 if (!(BaseRecTy
->*hasTrivial
)()) {
6896 SourceLocation BaseLoc
= bi
->getSourceRange().getBegin();
6897 Diag(BaseLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial
) << QT
<< 1 << member
;
6898 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT
, member
);
6903 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse).
6904 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter
;
6905 for (field_iter fi
= RD
->field_begin(), fe
= RD
->field_end(); fi
!= fe
;
6907 QualType EltTy
= Context
.getBaseElementType((*fi
)->getType());
6908 if (const RecordType
*EltRT
= EltTy
->getAs
<RecordType
>()) {
6909 CXXRecordDecl
* EltRD
= cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(EltRT
->getDecl());
6911 if (!(EltRD
->*hasTrivial
)()) {
6912 SourceLocation FLoc
= (*fi
)->getLocation();
6913 Diag(FLoc
, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial
) << QT
<< 0 << member
;
6914 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT
, member
);
6920 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member");
6923 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
6925 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
6926 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility
) {
6927 switch (ivarVisibility
) {
6928 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind");
6929 case tok::objc_private
: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private
;
6930 case tok::objc_public
: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public
;
6931 case tok::objc_protected
: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected
;
6932 case tok::objc_package
: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package
;
6936 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
6937 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
6938 Decl
*Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope
*S
,
6939 SourceLocation DeclStart
,
6941 Declarator
&D
, ExprTy
*BitfieldWidth
,
6942 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility
) {
6944 IdentifierInfo
*II
= D
.getIdentifier();
6945 Expr
*BitWidth
= (Expr
*)BitfieldWidth
;
6946 SourceLocation Loc
= DeclStart
;
6947 if (II
) Loc
= D
.getIdentifierLoc();
6949 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
6950 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
6952 TypeSourceInfo
*TInfo
= GetTypeForDeclarator(D
, S
);
6953 QualType T
= TInfo
->getType();
6956 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
6957 if (VerifyBitField(Loc
, II
, T
, BitWidth
)) {
6967 if (T
->isReferenceType()) {
6968 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_ivar_reference_type
);
6971 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
6972 // than a variably modified type.
6973 else if (T
->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6974 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size
);
6978 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
6979 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac
=
6980 Visibility
!= tok::objc_not_keyword
? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility
)
6981 : ObjCIvarDecl::None
;
6982 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
6983 ObjCContainerDecl
*EnclosingDecl
= cast
<ObjCContainerDecl
>(IntfDecl
);
6984 ObjCContainerDecl
*EnclosingContext
;
6985 if (ObjCImplementationDecl
*IMPDecl
=
6986 dyn_cast
<ObjCImplementationDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
6987 if (!LangOpts
.ObjCNonFragileABI2
) {
6988 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
6989 EnclosingContext
= IMPDecl
->getClassInterface();
6990 assert(EnclosingContext
&& "Implementation has no class interface!");
6993 EnclosingContext
= EnclosingDecl
;
6995 if (ObjCCategoryDecl
*CDecl
=
6996 dyn_cast
<ObjCCategoryDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
6997 if (!LangOpts
.ObjCNonFragileABI2
|| !CDecl
->IsClassExtension()) {
6998 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_misplaced_ivar
) << CDecl
->IsClassExtension();
7002 EnclosingContext
= EnclosingDecl
;
7005 // Construct the decl.
7006 ObjCIvarDecl
*NewID
= ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context
,
7007 EnclosingContext
, Loc
, II
, T
,
7008 TInfo
, ac
, (Expr
*)BitfieldWidth
);
7011 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= LookupSingleName(S
, II
, Loc
, LookupMemberName
,
7013 if (PrevDecl
&& isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, EnclosingContext
, S
)
7014 && !isa
<TagDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) {
7015 Diag(Loc
, diag::err_duplicate_member
) << II
;
7016 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration
);
7017 NewID
->setInvalidDecl();
7021 // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
7022 ProcessDeclAttributes(S
, NewID
, D
);
7024 if (D
.isInvalidType())
7025 NewID
->setInvalidDecl();
7028 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
7029 // these to the interface.
7031 IdResolver
.AddDecl(NewID
);
7037 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
7038 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
7039 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
7040 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
7041 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc
, Decl
*EnclosingDecl
,
7042 llvm::SmallVectorImpl
<Decl
*> &AllIvarDecls
) {
7043 if (!LangOpts
.ObjCNonFragileABI2
|| AllIvarDecls
.empty())
7046 Decl
*ivarDecl
= AllIvarDecls
[AllIvarDecls
.size()-1];
7047 ObjCIvarDecl
*Ivar
= cast
<ObjCIvarDecl
>(ivarDecl
);
7049 if (!Ivar
->isBitField())
7051 uint64_t BitFieldSize
=
7052 Ivar
->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context
).getZExtValue();
7053 if (BitFieldSize
== 0)
7055 ObjCInterfaceDecl
*ID
= dyn_cast
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
);
7057 if (ObjCCategoryDecl
*CD
= dyn_cast
<ObjCCategoryDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
7058 if (!CD
->IsClassExtension())
7061 // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
7065 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
7066 llvm::APInt
Zero(Context
.getTypeSize(Context
.CharTy
), 0);
7067 Expr
* BW
= IntegerLiteral::Create(Context
, Zero
, Context
.CharTy
, DeclLoc
);
7069 Ivar
= ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context
, cast
<ObjCContainerDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
),
7072 Context
.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context
.CharTy
),
7073 ObjCIvarDecl::Private
, BW
,
7075 AllIvarDecls
.push_back(Ivar
);
7078 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope
* S
,
7079 SourceLocation RecLoc
, Decl
*EnclosingDecl
,
7080 Decl
**Fields
, unsigned NumFields
,
7081 SourceLocation LBrac
, SourceLocation RBrac
,
7082 AttributeList
*Attr
) {
7083 assert(EnclosingDecl
&& "missing record or interface decl");
7085 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a
7086 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it.
7087 if (EnclosingDecl
->isInvalidDecl()) {
7088 // FIXME: Deallocate fields?
7093 // Verify that all the fields are okay.
7094 unsigned NumNamedMembers
= 0;
7095 llvm::SmallVector
<FieldDecl
*, 32> RecFields
;
7097 RecordDecl
*Record
= dyn_cast
<RecordDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
);
7098 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= NumFields
; ++i
) {
7099 FieldDecl
*FD
= cast
<FieldDecl
>(Fields
[i
]);
7101 // Get the type for the field.
7102 const Type
*FDTy
= FD
->getType().getTypePtr();
7104 if (!FD
->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
7105 // Remember all fields written by the user.
7106 RecFields
.push_back(FD
);
7109 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
7110 // diagnostics about it.
7111 if (FD
->isInvalidDecl()) {
7112 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
7117 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with
7118 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
7119 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
7120 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
7121 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
7122 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
7123 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
7124 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
7126 if (FDTy
->isFunctionType()) {
7127 // Field declared as a function.
7128 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function
)
7129 << FD
->getDeclName();
7130 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
7131 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
7133 } else if (FDTy
->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record
&&
7134 ((i
== NumFields
- 1 && !Record
->isUnion()) ||
7135 (getLangOptions().Microsoft
&&
7136 (i
== NumFields
- 1 || Record
->isUnion())))) {
7137 // Flexible array member.
7138 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array.
7139 // It will accept flexible array in union and also
7140 // as the sole element of a struct/class.
7141 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
) {
7142 if (Record
->isUnion())
7143 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union
)
7144 << FD
->getDeclName();
7145 else if (NumFields
== 1)
7146 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
)
7147 << FD
->getDeclName() << Record
->getTagKind();
7148 } else if (NumNamedMembers
< 1) {
7149 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct
)
7150 << FD
->getDeclName();
7151 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
7152 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
7155 if (!FD
->getType()->isDependentType() &&
7156 !Context
.getBaseElementType(FD
->getType())->isPODType()) {
7157 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type
)
7158 << FD
->getDeclName() << FD
->getType();
7159 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
7160 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
7163 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
7165 Record
->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
7166 } else if (!FDTy
->isDependentType() &&
7167 RequireCompleteType(FD
->getLocation(), FD
->getType(),
7168 diag::err_field_incomplete
)) {
7170 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
7171 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
7173 } else if (const RecordType
*FDTTy
= FDTy
->getAs
<RecordType
>()) {
7174 if (FDTTy
->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
7175 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
7176 if (Record
&& Record
->isUnion()) {
7177 Record
->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
7179 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
7180 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
7182 if (i
!= NumFields
-1)
7183 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct
)
7184 << FD
->getDeclName() << FD
->getType();
7186 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
7187 // other structs as an extension.
7188 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct
)
7189 << FD
->getDeclName();
7191 Record
->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
7195 if (Record
&& FDTTy
->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
7196 Record
->setHasObjectMember(true);
7197 } else if (FDTy
->isObjCObjectType()) {
7198 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
7199 Diag(FD
->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object
);
7200 FD
->setInvalidDecl();
7201 EnclosingDecl
->setInvalidDecl();
7203 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1
&&
7204 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC
&&
7206 (FD
->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
7207 FD
->getType().isObjCGCStrong()))
7208 Record
->setHasObjectMember(true);
7209 else if (Context
.getAsArrayType(FD
->getType())) {
7210 QualType BaseType
= Context
.getBaseElementType(FD
->getType());
7211 if (Record
&& BaseType
->isRecordType() &&
7212 BaseType
->getAs
<RecordType
>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
7213 Record
->setHasObjectMember(true);
7215 // Keep track of the number of named members.
7216 if (FD
->getIdentifier())
7220 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
7222 bool Completed
= false;
7223 if (CXXRecordDecl
*CXXRecord
= dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(Record
)) {
7224 if (!CXXRecord
->isInvalidDecl()) {
7225 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
7226 UnresolvedSetImpl
*Convs
= CXXRecord
->getConversionFunctions();
7227 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I
= Convs
->begin(), E
= Convs
->end();
7229 Convs
->setAccess(I
, (*I
)->getAccess());
7231 if (!CXXRecord
->isDependentType()) {
7232 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
7233 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord
);
7235 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
7236 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
7238 if (CXXRecord
->getNumVBases()) {
7239 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders
;
7240 CXXRecord
->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders
);
7242 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M
= FinalOverriders
.begin(),
7243 MEnd
= FinalOverriders
.end();
7245 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO
= M
->second
.begin(),
7246 SOEnd
= M
->second
.end();
7247 SO
!= SOEnd
; ++SO
) {
7248 assert(SO
->second
.size() > 0 &&
7249 "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
7250 if (SO
->second
.size() == 1)
7253 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
7254 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
7255 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the
7256 // program is ill-formed.
7257 Diag(Record
->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders
)
7258 << (NamedDecl
*)M
->first
<< Record
;
7259 Diag(M
->first
->getLocation(),
7260 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function
);
7261 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
7262 OM
= SO
->second
.begin(),
7263 OMEnd
= SO
->second
.end();
7265 Diag(OM
->Method
->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider
)
7266 << (NamedDecl
*)M
->first
<< OM
->Method
->getParent();
7268 Record
->setInvalidDecl();
7271 CXXRecord
->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders
);
7279 Record
->completeDefinition();
7281 ObjCIvarDecl
**ClsFields
=
7282 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl
**>(RecFields
.data());
7283 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl
*ID
= dyn_cast
<ObjCInterfaceDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
7284 ID
->setLocEnd(RBrac
);
7285 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
7286 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= RecFields
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
7287 ClsFields
[i
]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID
);
7288 ID
->addDecl(ClsFields
[i
]);
7290 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
7292 if (ID
->getSuperClass())
7293 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID
, ID
->getSuperClass());
7294 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl
*IMPDecl
=
7295 dyn_cast
<ObjCImplementationDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
7296 assert(IMPDecl
&& "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
7297 for (unsigned I
= 0, N
= RecFields
.size(); I
!= N
; ++I
)
7298 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
7299 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
7300 ClsFields
[I
]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl
);
7301 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl
, ClsFields
, RecFields
.size(), RBrac
);
7302 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl
*CDecl
=
7303 dyn_cast
<ObjCCategoryDecl
>(EnclosingDecl
)) {
7304 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
7305 // reported as errors elsewhere.
7306 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
7307 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
7308 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
7309 for (unsigned i
= 0, e
= RecFields
.size(); i
!= e
; ++i
) {
7310 ClsFields
[i
]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl
);
7311 CDecl
->addDecl(ClsFields
[i
]);
7317 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S
, Record
, Attr
);
7319 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass,
7320 // set the visibility of this record.
7321 if (Record
&& !Record
->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
7322 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record
);
7325 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
7326 /// the given type T.
7327 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext
&Context
,
7328 llvm::APSInt
&Value
,
7330 assert(T
->isIntegralType(Context
) && "Integral type required!");
7331 unsigned BitWidth
= Context
.getIntWidth(T
);
7333 if (Value
.isUnsigned() || Value
.isNonNegative()) {
7334 if (T
->isSignedIntegerType())
7336 return Value
.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth
;
7338 return Value
.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth
;
7341 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
7342 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
7343 static QualType
getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext
&Context
, QualType T
) {
7344 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
7345 // enum checking below.
7346 assert(T
->isIntegralType(Context
) && "Integral type required!");
7347 const unsigned NumTypes
= 4;
7348 QualType SignedIntegralTypes
[NumTypes
] = {
7349 Context
.ShortTy
, Context
.IntTy
, Context
.LongTy
, Context
.LongLongTy
7351 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes
[NumTypes
] = {
7352 Context
.UnsignedShortTy
, Context
.UnsignedIntTy
, Context
.UnsignedLongTy
,
7353 Context
.UnsignedLongLongTy
7356 unsigned BitWidth
= Context
.getTypeSize(T
);
7357 QualType
*Types
= T
->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes
7358 : UnsignedIntegralTypes
;
7359 for (unsigned I
= 0; I
!= NumTypes
; ++I
)
7360 if (Context
.getTypeSize(Types
[I
]) > BitWidth
)
7366 EnumConstantDecl
*Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl
*Enum
,
7367 EnumConstantDecl
*LastEnumConst
,
7368 SourceLocation IdLoc
,
7371 unsigned IntWidth
= Context
.Target
.getIntWidth();
7372 llvm::APSInt
EnumVal(IntWidth
);
7375 if (Val
&& DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val
, UPPC_EnumeratorValue
))
7379 if (Enum
->isDependentType() || Val
->isTypeDependent())
7380 EltTy
= Context
.DependentTy
;
7382 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
7383 SourceLocation ExpLoc
;
7384 if (!Val
->isValueDependent() &&
7385 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val
, &EnumVal
)) {
7388 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
) {
7390 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
7391 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
7392 // representable as an int.
7394 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
7395 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context
, EnumVal
, Context
.IntTy
))
7396 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int
)
7397 << EnumVal
.toString(10) << Val
->getSourceRange()
7398 << (EnumVal
.isUnsigned() || EnumVal
.isNonNegative());
7399 else if (!Context
.hasSameType(Val
->getType(), Context
.IntTy
)) {
7400 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
7401 ImpCastExprToType(Val
, Context
.IntTy
, CK_IntegralCast
);
7405 if (Enum
->isFixed()) {
7406 EltTy
= Enum
->getIntegerType();
7408 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
7409 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be
7410 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed.
7411 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context
, EnumVal
, EltTy
)) {
7412 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft
) {
7413 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large
) << EltTy
;
7414 ImpCastExprToType(Val
, EltTy
, CK_IntegralCast
);
7416 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_enumerator_too_large
)
7419 ImpCastExprToType(Val
, EltTy
, CK_IntegralCast
);
7422 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
7423 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
7424 // is the type of its initializing value:
7425 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
7426 // initializing value has the same type as the expression.
7427 EltTy
= Val
->getType();
7434 if (Enum
->isDependentType())
7435 EltTy
= Context
.DependentTy
;
7436 else if (!LastEnumConst
) {
7437 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
7438 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
7439 // is the type of its initializing value:
7440 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
7441 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
7443 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
7445 if (Enum
->isFixed()) {
7446 EltTy
= Enum
->getIntegerType();
7449 EltTy
= Context
.IntTy
;
7452 // Assign the last value + 1.
7453 EnumVal
= LastEnumConst
->getInitVal();
7455 EltTy
= LastEnumConst
->getType();
7457 // Check for overflow on increment.
7458 if (EnumVal
< LastEnumConst
->getInitVal()) {
7459 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
7460 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
7461 // is the type of its initializing value:
7463 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
7464 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
7465 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
7466 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
7467 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
7468 // exists, the program is ill-formed.
7469 QualType T
= getNextLargerIntegralType(Context
, EltTy
);
7470 if (T
.isNull() || Enum
->isFixed()) {
7471 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
7472 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
7473 EnumVal
= LastEnumConst
->getInitVal();
7474 EnumVal
= EnumVal
.zext(EnumVal
.getBitWidth() * 2);
7476 if (Enum
->isFixed())
7477 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
7478 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped
)
7479 << EnumVal
.toString(10)
7482 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large
)
7483 << EnumVal
.toString(10);
7488 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
7489 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
7490 // value, then increment.
7491 EnumVal
= LastEnumConst
->getInitVal();
7492 EnumVal
.setIsSigned(EltTy
->isSignedIntegerType());
7493 EnumVal
= EnumVal
.zextOrTrunc(Context
.getIntWidth(EltTy
));
7496 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
7497 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
7498 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
7499 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
7501 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&& !T
.isNull())
7502 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow
);
7503 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
7504 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context
, EnumVal
, EltTy
)) {
7505 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
7506 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int
)
7507 << EnumVal
.toString(10) << 1;
7512 if (!EltTy
->isDependentType()) {
7513 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
7514 // enumerator's type.
7515 EnumVal
= EnumVal
.zextOrTrunc(Context
.getIntWidth(EltTy
));
7516 EnumVal
.setIsSigned(EltTy
->isSignedIntegerType());
7519 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context
, Enum
, IdLoc
, Id
, EltTy
,
7524 Decl
*Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope
*S
, Decl
*theEnumDecl
, Decl
*lastEnumConst
,
7525 SourceLocation IdLoc
, IdentifierInfo
*Id
,
7526 AttributeList
*Attr
,
7527 SourceLocation EqualLoc
, ExprTy
*val
) {
7528 EnumDecl
*TheEnumDecl
= cast
<EnumDecl
>(theEnumDecl
);
7529 EnumConstantDecl
*LastEnumConst
=
7530 cast_or_null
<EnumConstantDecl
>(lastEnumConst
);
7531 Expr
*Val
= static_cast<Expr
*>(val
);
7533 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until
7534 // we find one that is.
7535 S
= getNonFieldDeclScope(S
);
7537 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
7539 NamedDecl
*PrevDecl
= LookupSingleName(S
, Id
, IdLoc
, LookupOrdinaryName
,
7541 if (PrevDecl
&& PrevDecl
->isTemplateParameter()) {
7542 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7543 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc
, PrevDecl
);
7544 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7549 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
7550 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
7551 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
|| !isa
<TagDecl
>(PrevDecl
)) &&
7552 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
7553 if (!isa
<TagDecl
>(PrevDecl
) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl
, CurContext
, S
)) {
7554 if (isa
<EnumConstantDecl
>(PrevDecl
))
7555 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator
) << Id
;
7557 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_redefinition
) << Id
;
7558 Diag(PrevDecl
->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition
);
7563 // C++ [class.mem]p13:
7564 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
7565 // name different from T:
7566 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated
7568 if (CXXRecordDecl
*Record
7569 = dyn_cast
<CXXRecordDecl
>(
7570 TheEnumDecl
->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
7571 if (Record
->getIdentifier() && Record
->getIdentifier() == Id
)
7572 Diag(IdLoc
, diag::err_member_name_of_class
) << Id
;
7574 EnumConstantDecl
*New
=
7575 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl
, LastEnumConst
, IdLoc
, Id
, Val
);
7578 // Process attributes.
7579 if (Attr
) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S
, New
, Attr
);
7581 // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
7582 New
->setAccess(TheEnumDecl
->getAccess());
7583 PushOnScopeChains(New
, S
);
7589 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc
, SourceLocation LBraceLoc
,
7590 SourceLocation RBraceLoc
, Decl
*EnumDeclX
,
7591 Decl
**Elements
, unsigned NumElements
,
7592 Scope
*S
, AttributeList
*Attr
) {
7593 EnumDecl
*Enum
= cast
<EnumDecl
>(EnumDeclX
);
7594 QualType EnumType
= Context
.getTypeDeclType(Enum
);
7597 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S
, Enum
, Attr
);
7599 if (Enum
->isDependentType()) {
7600 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= NumElements
; ++i
) {
7601 EnumConstantDecl
*ECD
=
7602 cast_or_null
<EnumConstantDecl
>(Elements
[i
]);
7605 ECD
->setType(EnumType
);
7608 Enum
->completeDefinition(Context
.DependentTy
, Context
.DependentTy
, 0, 0);
7612 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
7613 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
7615 unsigned IntWidth
= Context
.Target
.getIntWidth();
7616 unsigned CharWidth
= Context
.Target
.getCharWidth();
7617 unsigned ShortWidth
= Context
.Target
.getShortWidth();
7619 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
7620 // reverse the list.
7621 unsigned NumNegativeBits
= 0;
7622 unsigned NumPositiveBits
= 0;
7624 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
7625 bool AllElementsInt
= true;
7627 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= NumElements
; ++i
) {
7628 EnumConstantDecl
*ECD
=
7629 cast_or_null
<EnumConstantDecl
>(Elements
[i
]);
7630 if (!ECD
) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
7632 const llvm::APSInt
&InitVal
= ECD
->getInitVal();
7634 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
7635 if (InitVal
.isUnsigned() || InitVal
.isNonNegative())
7636 NumPositiveBits
= std::max(NumPositiveBits
,
7637 (unsigned)InitVal
.getActiveBits());
7639 NumNegativeBits
= std::max(NumNegativeBits
,
7640 (unsigned)InitVal
.getMinSignedBits());
7642 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
7644 AllElementsInt
= ECD
->getType() == Context
.IntTy
;
7647 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
7651 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
7652 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
7653 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
7654 // of the following types that can represent all the values of
7655 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
7656 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
7658 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
7659 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
7660 QualType BestPromotionType
;
7662 bool Packed
= Enum
->getAttr
<PackedAttr
>() ? true : false;
7663 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
7664 // enum definitions.
7665 if (LangOpts
.ShortEnums
)
7668 if (Enum
->isFixed()) {
7669 BestType
= BestPromotionType
= Enum
->getIntegerType();
7670 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
7671 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
7672 // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
7673 BestWidth
= CharWidth
;
7675 else if (NumNegativeBits
) {
7676 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
7677 // int/long/longlong) that fits.
7678 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
7679 if (Packed
&& NumNegativeBits
<= CharWidth
&& NumPositiveBits
< CharWidth
) {
7680 BestType
= Context
.SignedCharTy
;
7681 BestWidth
= CharWidth
;
7682 } else if (Packed
&& NumNegativeBits
<= ShortWidth
&&
7683 NumPositiveBits
< ShortWidth
) {
7684 BestType
= Context
.ShortTy
;
7685 BestWidth
= ShortWidth
;
7686 } else if (NumNegativeBits
<= IntWidth
&& NumPositiveBits
< IntWidth
) {
7687 BestType
= Context
.IntTy
;
7688 BestWidth
= IntWidth
;
7690 BestWidth
= Context
.Target
.getLongWidth();
7692 if (NumNegativeBits
<= BestWidth
&& NumPositiveBits
< BestWidth
) {
7693 BestType
= Context
.LongTy
;
7695 BestWidth
= Context
.Target
.getLongLongWidth();
7697 if (NumNegativeBits
> BestWidth
|| NumPositiveBits
>= BestWidth
)
7698 Diag(Enum
->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large
);
7699 BestType
= Context
.LongLongTy
;
7702 BestPromotionType
= (BestWidth
<= IntWidth
? Context
.IntTy
: BestType
);
7704 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
7705 // all of the enumerator values.
7706 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
7707 if (Packed
&& NumPositiveBits
<= CharWidth
) {
7708 BestType
= Context
.UnsignedCharTy
;
7709 BestPromotionType
= Context
.IntTy
;
7710 BestWidth
= CharWidth
;
7711 } else if (Packed
&& NumPositiveBits
<= ShortWidth
) {
7712 BestType
= Context
.UnsignedShortTy
;
7713 BestPromotionType
= Context
.IntTy
;
7714 BestWidth
= ShortWidth
;
7715 } else if (NumPositiveBits
<= IntWidth
) {
7716 BestType
= Context
.UnsignedIntTy
;
7717 BestWidth
= IntWidth
;
7719 = (NumPositiveBits
== BestWidth
|| !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
7720 ? Context
.UnsignedIntTy
: Context
.IntTy
;
7721 } else if (NumPositiveBits
<=
7722 (BestWidth
= Context
.Target
.getLongWidth())) {
7723 BestType
= Context
.UnsignedLongTy
;
7725 = (NumPositiveBits
== BestWidth
|| !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
7726 ? Context
.UnsignedLongTy
: Context
.LongTy
;
7728 BestWidth
= Context
.Target
.getLongLongWidth();
7729 assert(NumPositiveBits
<= BestWidth
&&
7730 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
7731 BestType
= Context
.UnsignedLongLongTy
;
7733 = (NumPositiveBits
== BestWidth
|| !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
7734 ? Context
.UnsignedLongLongTy
: Context
.LongLongTy
;
7738 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
7739 // the type of the enum if needed.
7740 for (unsigned i
= 0; i
!= NumElements
; ++i
) {
7741 EnumConstantDecl
*ECD
= cast_or_null
<EnumConstantDecl
>(Elements
[i
]);
7742 if (!ECD
) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic.
7744 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
7745 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each
7746 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
7747 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
7748 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
7750 // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
7751 llvm::APSInt InitVal
= ECD
->getInitVal();
7753 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match
7754 // the enum decl type.
7758 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
&&
7759 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context
, InitVal
, Context
.IntTy
)) {
7760 NewTy
= Context
.IntTy
;
7761 NewWidth
= IntWidth
;
7763 } else if (ECD
->getType() == BestType
) {
7764 // Already the right type!
7765 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
7766 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
7767 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
7769 ECD
->setType(EnumType
);
7773 NewWidth
= BestWidth
;
7774 NewSign
= BestType
->isSignedIntegerType();
7777 // Adjust the APSInt value.
7778 InitVal
= InitVal
.extOrTrunc(NewWidth
);
7779 InitVal
.setIsSigned(NewSign
);
7780 ECD
->setInitVal(InitVal
);
7782 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
7783 if (ECD
->getInitExpr() &&
7784 !Context
.hasSameType(NewTy
, ECD
->getInitExpr()->getType()))
7785 ECD
->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context
, NewTy
,
7790 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
)
7791 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
7792 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
7794 ECD
->setType(EnumType
);
7796 ECD
->setType(NewTy
);
7799 Enum
->completeDefinition(BestType
, BestPromotionType
,
7800 NumPositiveBits
, NumNegativeBits
);
7803 Decl
*Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc
, Expr
*expr
) {
7804 StringLiteral
*AsmString
= cast
<StringLiteral
>(expr
);
7806 FileScopeAsmDecl
*New
= FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context
, CurContext
,
7808 CurContext
->addDecl(New
);
7812 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo
* Name
,
7813 SourceLocation PragmaLoc
,
7814 SourceLocation NameLoc
) {
7815 Decl
*PrevDecl
= LookupSingleName(TUScope
, Name
, NameLoc
, LookupOrdinaryName
);
7818 PrevDecl
->addAttr(::new (Context
) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc
, Context
));
7820 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers
.insert(
7821 std::pair
<IdentifierInfo
*,WeakInfo
>
7822 (Name
, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo
*)0, NameLoc
)));
7826 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo
* Name
,
7827 IdentifierInfo
* AliasName
,
7828 SourceLocation PragmaLoc
,
7829 SourceLocation NameLoc
,
7830 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc
) {
7831 Decl
*PrevDecl
= LookupSingleName(TUScope
, AliasName
, AliasNameLoc
,
7832 LookupOrdinaryName
);
7833 WeakInfo W
= WeakInfo(Name
, NameLoc
);
7836 if (!PrevDecl
->hasAttr
<AliasAttr
>())
7837 if (NamedDecl
*ND
= dyn_cast
<NamedDecl
>(PrevDecl
))
7838 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope
, ND
, W
);
7840 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers
.insert(
7841 std::pair
<IdentifierInfo
*,WeakInfo
>(AliasName
, W
));